IT-/Network Special Catalogue DataCentre Competence

Transcription

1 IT-/Network Special Catalogue DataCentre Competence Network Rack Server Rack Thermal Rack Heavy Load Rack Compact Rack Stand-Alone Enclosure Wall-Mounting Enclosure Cable Management System Accessories Socket Strips UPS Solutions Active Components RMS KVM TFT Consoles Thermal Management

2 Welcome to the catalogue. This special catalogue will serve to help you with your selection and in pinpointing those products that you really need to meet your requirements in the Information Technology and Network and Server Technology area. Knürr designs, produces and integrates standardised and customised rack systems, enclosures, backplanes, thermal management, power supply systems and applied components as well as functional furnishing systems. I

3 CONTENT 19 Rack Compact Rack 1.1 miracel Network Rack Strong points Products Accessories 1.35 miracel Server Rack Strong points Products Accessories 1.51 miracel CoolTherm Strong points Products 1.55 MaxLoad Strong points Product 2.1 smaract Network Rack Strong points Products Accessories 2.7 smaract Server Rack Products Accessories Socket Strips 7 8 Uninterruptible Power Supplies 9 10 Electro-Mechanical Components Active Components 7.1 DI-STRIP Strong points Products 7.40 Serimat Products 8.1 UPS Strong points Products 9.1 Electro-Mechanical Components Products 10.1 RMS Strong points Products Accessories Strong points Products Accessories II

4 Enclosure 19 Wall Enclosure 5 6 Management Cable System Accessories 3.1 doubleprorack Strong points Products Accessories 4.1 ConAct Strong points Products Accessories 5.1 Cable Management Strong points Products 6.3 Shelves 6.9 Drawers 4.9 SOHO Strong points Products Accessories 6.16 Front Panels 6.20 Telescopic Slides TFT Thermal Management 6.23 Mounting Material 13 Technical Section KVM Strong points Products Accessories 11.1 TFT Products Accessories 12.1 CoolBlast fan unit Strong points Products Accessories Cooling Systems Strong points Products Accessories NEW13.1 Communication/Data Safety/Securi Network Technology Structure tycomponents Standards / Specifications Areas of Application Technical Abbreviations Index III

5 Tradition. Quality is fashionable with a lot of people; with us it has been tradition for over half a century. Knürr is an international company with a tradition that goes back over 50 years. Knürr made. Profile. Knürr AG is the leader in designing and manufacturing indoor and outdoor rack systems for telecommunications, electronics and computer equipment. The company is based in Arnstorf (Lower Bavaria) and operates production sites on three continents and is therefore present at central locations in the rack manufacturing industry. Knürr supplies leading Original Equipment Manufacturers ( OEMs ) with modified and customised solutions from these facilities on the basis of standardised products. These OEMs include well known names such as Siemens, Nortel, Comverse, Ericsson and Alcatel. These companies have chosen Knürr as their preferred supply chain partner. And there are plenty of good reasons for this: The company s global presence; the impressive design; the technical know-how and the standard product range; the customer-specific thermal management and power supply products; the proven integration expertise; outstanding time-to-market results; and above all, Knürr s unsurpassed quality. Applications. You can t have everything! Unless, of course, you are with the right manufacturer of innovative products. The applications portfolio at Knürr is practically unique in its range and depth. Tested, certified and patented on numerous occasions. Thermal Management Power Supply Management Cable Management ESD Management Monitoring Management Engineering. Customer-specific solutions with an enormous scope are characteristic of Knürr. They feature a high degree of technical complexity and offer a long life cycle. Features that are not coincidental, but rather which highly-qualified Knürr specialists work hard to produce. Supply Chain Management Applications Project Management Prototype Production Assembling Management System Engineering Configuration Management Specification Management Installation Management Documentation Management Test Procedure and Certification Logistics IV

6 Knürr Highlights at a Glance... Global presence In order to best serve its OEM customers around the globe, Knürr is represented worldwide through a network of subsidiaries, licencees and distributors. Design, production and assembly of Knürr products take place in eight own and leased facilities. Strategic partnerships are in place at four further sites, where products are also manufactured. On the basis of its flexible outsourcing model, Knürr can very quickly increase production volumes as required. Beyond the scope of our European presence, the company is also strongly represented in production in the most important low cost countries, including China, Brazil and Eastern Europe. Management continuously evaluates possibilities to expand Knürr s presence in North America and China even further. Modified and customer-specific solutions based on standardised product ranges Knürr provides its customers with a clearly structured range of indoor and outdoor rack systems. The company specialises in large metal racks, especially on basic stations for wireless networks. The basis of Knürr s modified and customer-specific solutions are its standardised product platforms. This shortens time-to-market and often presents the customer with the most cost-effective solution. Knürr also equips its racks with its own thermal management and power supply systems, which are available in standard version or are developed according to customer requests. Knürr additionally provides technical workshops that are primarily bought by customers who also look to Knürr for their rack systems. Design, technical and integration services Knürr product design and technical expertise rank among the best in the world and qualify the company as a provider of complete solutions for its customers. Knürr currently employs over 70 engineers and designers and has already registered some 500 patents. Due to its diverse design experience, the company can rapidly adapt its standard range of products to the exact specifications of its customers. The procedure for adjusting to customer requirements is simplified with the use of customer-specific components, such as thermal management and power supply. The Knürr core competencies reach far beyond the design and manufacture of rack systems. Management constantly applies itself to the extension of high-grade services, which are offered to the customer in the systems integration area. V

7 Express item in 24 hours ex plant: With Knürr you are always ahead of the competition Rapid Service Express item Swift express delivery service, smooth ordering process, attractive pricing and a marketoriented offer that s Knürr reliability! Each express item that is marked accordingly in this catalogue, leaves our European central store 24 hours after your order is received. High-grade quality and standardised solutions that always leave you that decisive step ahead of the competition! Global sales offices where expert application technicians and sales engineers specifically apply themselves to your special requirements and personally advise you are also available for you around the world. Don t hesitate in using them to your advantage! VI

8 ENVIRONMENTS FOR ELECTRONICS IT/Network and Server Technology VII

9 ENVIRONMENTS FOR ELECTRONICS Application Service Providing miracel Indoor Rack Server racks As individual as our customers: miracel Indoor Rack Orderly cable management miracel Indoor Rack Computer centre miracel Server Racks VIII

10 smaract The innovative compact rack for every occasion. Outside small. Inside, pretty big! ConAct The proven wallmounting enclosure tecoras - ETS Excellent for telecommunications doubleprorack Multi-functional 19 enclosure IX

11 ENVIRONMENTS FOR ELECTRONICS tecoras System range for telecommunications End control Performance test on ETS system racks in plant test area Indoor Rack Mobile communications base station Internal test procedure National and international safety certification standards tecoras Outdoor Base Station X

12 cs Heavy duty plug-in unit chasseleon 19 Plug-in unit ATCA 19 Modular chassis primus 19 Modular chassis XI

13 ENVIRONMENTS FOR ELECTRONICS PCI Pre-configured solutions RAID Systems For every requirement UPS Uninterruptible power supply XII

14 RMS compact New option for system Electronic locking systems KVM Console switching systems TFT Drawer Space-saving and ergonomic XIII

15 ENVIRONMENTS FOR ELECTRONICS tecoras - UPS Batteries provide uninterruptible power supply tecoras - UPS AC/DC distribution CoolBlast fan unit Technically refined ventilation systems DI-STRIP Knürr socket strips also for 19 use XIV

16 Workstation Systems Security command workstation Operations control stations for safety/security systems Traffic control centre Deutsche Bahn AG, operations centre in Frankfurt/Main Process control station Pusher-type furnace, Salzgitter AG. In dacobas set-up XV

17 ENVIRONMENTS FOR ELECTRONICS Mobile Workstations In practice Mobile workstations As useful assistant at the workstation XVI

18 19 RACK miracel Network Racks 1.2 to 1.34 Server Racks 1.35 to 1.50 CoolTherm 1.51 to

19 19 RACK 19 NetworkRack miracel Strong points 1.3 miracel NS 25 Distribution Rack 1.6 miracel NS 26 Distribution Rack 1.7 miracel NS 19.8 Distribution Rack 1.8 miracel NS 19.6 Distribution Rack 1.9 miracel NS 19.8 D Distribution Rack With swing frame 1.10 miracel NG 800 Network Equipment Rack 1.11 miracel NO 19 Lab Rack 1.12 miracel Accessories Rack Connector 1.13 Extrusions 1.14 HU Tape Measure 1.15 Swing Frame 1.16 Design Doors 1.18 Doors 1.21 Plinth 1.24 Bottom Cover 1.26 Locking Set 1.27 Earthing Set 1.27 Side Panel 1.28 Rear Panel 1.29 Top Cover 1.30 Fan Units 1.32 Front Panel, Adjustable 1.34 MIR MIR

20 19 RACK 2 MIR20122 miracel Strong points 1 Modular construction Simple mounting, including all non-standard components - variable and in the integrated 19 or 25 mm increments. 4 Cable management 2 3 Forward-thinking Security for the future and flexibility with integration of 19 and metric technology. Expandable at all times System expansions can be easily implemented while maintaining the IP protection rating. 5 Guaranteed orderly and spacesaving cable management. Adjustment at installation site, cable management can be selected from extensive range of accessory components. Flexible ventilation components The correct ventilation solution is always provided by the corresponding selection of accessory components. This allows the airflow to be specially adapted to the built-in components. Through the perforated bottom covers, top covers and doors, for example. 3 TEC MEC MIR MIR MIR MIR LUF

21 19 RACK Side panel Basic rack Vent lid Vertical extrusion (T-slot/mounting holes) Front doors Trim extrusions Rear panel 19 Swing frame MIR00145 Rack bottom cover group Multifunctional strut Side panel Rack plinth, stationary Rack bottom cover Rack plinth, mobile 1.4

22 19 RACK MIR00309 Vertical extrusion with mounting holes Steel for 19 racks MIR Server extrusion MIR00307 Vertical extrusion with T-slot Aluminium for 19 construction MIR00308 Vertical extrusion with T-slot Aluminium for metric construction, 20 module MIR20271 Vertical extrusion with mounting holes Aluminium for 19 racks miracel 19 Rack Technical data Material - Extruded aluminium - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium - Covers, sheet steel, zinc passivated - Doors, sheet steel or with single safety glass panel, 4 mm or 6 mm (double doors) Installation dimensions in accordance with IEC and IEC Height: 23 HU / 37 HU / 41 HU / 46 HU (1 HU (or 1U) = mm) 66 module / 74 module / 82 module (1 module = 25 mm) - Width: mm (19 construction) 535 mm (20 module construction) Space solution - 82% of the basic surface can be used as space for installation and cable routing - Front jumpering space, 123 mm or 73 mm - Door opening angle, 180 Configurations - Stationary, on levelling feet - Stationary with plinth - Mobile with plinth and snib Finish / Colour - Basic rack, polished - Door trim, black, RAL 9011 MIR Visible surface of the covers, powder-coated, light-grey RAL 7035 or dark-grey RAL 7021 Static load rating N with stationary version N with mobile plinth Heat transfer Power loss with - Closed top cover, up to 500 W - Vent lid, up to 700 W Tests according to model - Vibration test in accordance with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in accordance with IEC UL test NEMA 12 Standard - EMC shielding attenuation in accordance with MIL-STD 285 (10 MHz - 30 MHz) and VG Part 15 (30 MHZ-1GHz) - Vibration and shock test in accordance with ETS Seismic test, Bellcore (NEBS) TR-NWT Zone 4 - Earthing, VDE T 540 Further standards and tests on request. Rack suites To create a rack suite with number of racks n, you require: - n-1 racks without side panels and 1 rack with side panels - In a rack suite, per connection you require one set of suite connectors W W1 X [mm] [mm] [mm] D D1 Y [mm] [mm] [mm]

23 19 RACK miracel 19 Distribution Rack, NS 25 Width 800, front glass door, T-slot extrusions MIR00470 MIR With fixed 19 installation on the front and rear for components in accordance with IEC Installation of chassis rails and 19 shelves possible - Flexible mounting of components with T-slot - Cable entry via plinth and top cover - Heat loss discharge via vent lid - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 123 mm Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 40 (upgradeable to IP 55) Tests - Earthing in accordance with VDE 0100 T Shock and vibration test in accordance with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in accordance with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Multifunctional strut, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Door trims, RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Door trim, RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, dark-grey RAL Basic rack 4 Aluminium vertical extrusions with T-slot and increment slide for spring nut M5 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 2 Side panels with quick connectors 1 Top cover with vent lid and integrated cable entry 1 Front door, single, single safety glass panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Plinth for cable management on the side and rear with levelling feet (0-25 mm) 2 Plinth trims for front and rear, with vent slots and fixing for filter mat 2 Plinth trims, closed 1 Complete earthing set (VDE 0100) Assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit MIR20004 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit 1.6

24 19 RACK miracel 19 Distribution Rack, NS 26 Width 800, front glass door, mounting hole extrusions MIR00467 MIR With fixed 19 installation on the front and rear for components in acc. with IEC Installation of chassis rails and 19 shelves possible - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 123 mm Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 40 (upgradeable to IP 55) Tests - Earthing in accordance with VDE 0100 T IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Multifunctional struts and 19 extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Door trims, RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, dark-grey RAL Basic rack 4 19 Vertical extrusions, sheet steel with mounting holes 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 2 Side panels with quick connectors 1 Top cover with integrated cable entry 1 Front door, single, single safety glass panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Complete earthing set (VDE 0100) 4 Levelling feet Assembled Note - Not available with double doors - Not available with bottom covers W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit MIR side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit side panels/ral unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit no side panels/ral unit 1.7

25 19 RACK miracel 19 Distribution Rack, NS 19.8 Width 800, front glass door MIR00469 MIR With fixed 19 installation on the front for components in accordance with IEC Flexible mounting of components using T-slot - Cable entry via plinth and top cover - Heat loss discharge via vent lid - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 123 mm Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 40 (upgradeable to IP 55) Tests - Earthing in accordance with VDE 0100 T Shock and vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel - Multifunctional struts, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 2 19 aluminium vertical extrusions with T-slot and increment slide for spring nut M5 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 1 Top cover with vent lid and integrated cable entry 1 Front door, single or double, single safety glass panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Rear door, single or double, sheet steel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 2 Side panels with quick connectors (according to model) 1 Plinth for cable management on the side and rear with levelling feet (0-25 mm) 2 Lateral plinth trims, closed (according to model) 2 Plinth trims for front and rear, with vent slots and fixing for filter mat 1 Complete earthing test (VDE 0100) Assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit Glass door, side panel unit MIR Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Glass door, no side panel unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Double glass door, side panel unit Double glass door, side panel unit Double glass door, side panel unit Double glass door, side panel unit Double glass, no side panel unit Double glass, no side panel unit Double glass, no side panel unit Double glass, no side panel unit 1.8

26 19 RACK MIR00031 MIR00056 Distribution Rack, NS 19.6 Width 600, with front glass doors - With fixed 19 installation on the front for components in acc. with IEC Flexible mounting of components using T-slot - Cable entry via plinth and top cover - Heat loss discharge via vent lid - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 123 mm Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 40 (upgradeable to IP 55) Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Shock and vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Multifunctional struts, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour - Door trim, RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 2 19 aluminium vertical extrusions with T-slot and increment slide for spring nut M5 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 1 Top cover with vent lid and integrated cable entry 1 Front door, single, single safety glass panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 2 Side panels with quick connectors 1 Plinth for cable management on the side and rear with levelling feet (0-25 mm) 2 Lateral plinth trims, closed 2 Plinth trims for front and rear, with vent slots and fixing for filter mat 1 Complete earthing test (VDE 0100) Assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit MIR00116 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit 1.9

27 19 RACK miracel 19 Distribution Rack with Swing Frame, NS 19.8 D Width 800, with front glass door, single MIR With 19 swing frame for components in acc. with IEC Cable entry via plinth and top cover - Heat loss discharge via vent lid - Door opening angle, 180 Load rating 800 N static Protection rating IP 40 (upgradeable to IP 55) Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Shock and vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Extruded aluminium - Corner piece die-cast aluminium - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Swing frame, sheet steel, powder-coated, front board support, zinc-passivated - Multifunctional struts and 19 swing frame, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour - Door trim, RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 1 19 swing frame with mounting holes for caged nuts M5 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 1 Cover with vent lid and integrated cable entry 1 Front door, single, single safety glass panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Rear panel with quick connectors 2 Side panels with quick connectors 1 Plinth for cable entry on the side and rear with levelling feet (0-25mm) 2 Plinth trims for front and rear, with vent slots and fixing for filter mat 1 Complete earthing test (VDE 0100) Assembled MIR00047 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP side panels unit side panels unit side panels unit side panels unit side panels unit side panels unit side panels unit side panels unit MIR00047 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit 1.10

28 19 RACK miracel Network Equipment Rack, NG 800 Width 800, with glass door, single MIR00039 MIR00053a - Cable entry via plinth and cover - Heat loss discharge via vent lid - Door opening angle, 180 For installation of - Equipment with maximum width of 735 mm, shelves, installation accessories Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 40 (upgradeable to IP 55) Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Shock and vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Multifunctional struts, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour - Door trim, RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 1 Cover with vent lid and integrated cable routing 1 Front door, single, single safety glass panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 1 Rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle and mounting for cylinder lock 2 Side panels with quick connectors 1 Plinth for cable management on the side and rear with levelling feet (0-25 mm) 2 Lateral plinth trims, closed 2 Plinth trims for front and rear, with vent slots and fixing for filter mat 1 Complete earthing test (VDE 0100) Assembled MIR00053 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit no side panel unit 1.11

29 19 RACK miracel Lab Rack, NO 19 With T-slot extrusion, width, 600 / 700 / With fixed 19 installation on the front for components in acc. with IEC Flexible mounting of components using T-slot Jumpering space Front, 123 mm Load rating 5000 N static Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Shock and vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E 1 Basic rack 2 19 aluminium vertical extrusions with T-slot and increment slide for spring nut M5 2 Multifunctional struts for cable clamping and universal mounting options 4 Levelling feet (0-25 mm) Assembled MIR00041 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium - Multifunctional struts, sheet steel, zinc-passivated W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit MIR00043a unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit MIR20002 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit 1.12

30 19 RACK miracel Rack Connector Internal mounting - For mechanical, stable connection of rack and cabinet suites Material / Finish - Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc passivated 8 Mounting brackets (for connecting 2 racks / cabinets) Mounting material MIR Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit 20 MIR00168 miracel Cover Extrusion for Rack Suites, IP 20 Material PVC extruder extrusion, black 2 vertical lengths 2 depth lengths MIR W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP 1200 D unit 1800 D unit 2000 D unit 2200 D unit 1200 D unit 1800 D unit 2000 D unit 2200 D unit 1200 D unit 1800 D unit 2000 D unit 2200 D unit 2000 D unit 2200 D unit miracel Rack Connector External mounting - For secure connection of several ISP racks - Front and rear external mounting Material - Sheet steel, 1 mm, zinc-passivated 8 Mounting straps Mounting material MIR20036 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.13

31 19 RACK miracel 19 Vertical Extrusion, Aluminium With T-slot and increment slide MIR For front and rear installation in the rack - Spring nut, variable and adjustable in HU increment (19 ) - Please also order assembly kit with initial installation of vertical extrusions Material Extruded aluminium, polished 2 Vertical extrusions with increment slides W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP short inst unit short inst unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel 19 Vertical Extrusion, Steel With mounting holes MIR For front and rear installation in the rack - Caged nut mountable in HU increments (19 ) - Please also order assembly kit with initial installation of vertical extrusions Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 2 Vertical extrusions with mounting holes W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP short inst unit short inst unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel Vertical Extrusion, MEPS 20 Module MIR00308 Type 1 - For metric racks, 20 module - Spring nut, variable and adjustable in standard increment - Please order suitable assembly kit for rack widths 700 / 800 Material - Type 1: Extruded aluminium, polished - Type 2: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 2 Vertical extrusions W H D Module h d kg Model Order no. U Alu T-SLOT unit Alu T-SLOT unit Alu T-SLOT unit St. mount. holes unit St. mount. holes unit St. mount. holes unit MIR00311 Type 2 Note: 19 alu extrusions with mounting holes on request 1.14

32 19 RACK miracel 19 Server Extrusion, Steel With mounting holes MIR For mounting trade standard 19 servers - Please order suitable assembly kit for rack widths 700 / Please order mounting adapter for Knürr standard components Material Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc-passivated 4 19 server extrusions W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit miracel Mounting Adapter for 19 Server Extrusion - For mounting Knürr standard components (storage shelves, drawers, chassis rails, keyboard runners, etc.) in 19 installation space Material Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 4 Adapters MIR20044 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit miracel Assembly Kits for Extrusions 4 Node brackets (full installation) 2 Node brackets (shortened installation) 2 Z brackets (shortened installation) Mounting material W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP 700 short inst unit 800 short inst unit MIR full inst unit 800 full inst unit HU Tape Measure MIR To stick on miracel 19 extrusions - Enables rapid component positioning on the correct HU position - Standard length, 42 HU, shorten as required 1 Tape measure W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR20264 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.15

33 19 RACK miracel Swing Frame, 90º / 105º / 130º Maximum installation weight 80 kg Also order assembly kit Swing frame earthing set Material Sheet steel, 2 mm Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey Note The rack s nominal installation height is reduced by 3 HU with the installation of a swing frame 1 Frame 2 Horizontal rails 1 Square spanner Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit Useful depth according to rack type and pivot point A External installation, external pivot point B Central installation, pivot point 1 C Central installation, pivot point 2 D Central installation, pivot point 3 MIR00162 W H D [mm] [mm] [mm] / / A B C D MIR00321 A MIR00322 B MIR00323 C MIR00324 D Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.16

34 19 RACK 19 Swing Frame, 180º Up to 200 kg - With swing frame use the rack must be screwed to the floor. - Installation of the swing frame reduces the rack s nominal installation height by 2 HU. - With load rating > 80 kg installation weight, please also order additional assembly kit, side panel screwing! 190 Swing frame, 180º - For mounting 19 components in accordance with IEC Enables free accessibility to the second mounting level and to the installation components in the swing frame - Load capacity, max N (please read note) - Can be mounted in rack widths 600 and 800 mm Material - Frame, 2 mm sheet steel - Die-cast aluminium pivot bearing Finish/Colour - Frame and horizontal rail, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey - Front panel support on the vertical extrusion, zinc-passivated 1 19 swing frame, complete 1 Horizontal mounting, below 1 Horizontal mounting, above 1 Square spanner Mounting material MIR00209 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit Useful depth according to rack type and pivot point A External installation, external pivot point B Central installation, pivot point 1 C Central installation, pivot point 2 D Central installation, pivot point 3 W H D [mm] [mm] [mm] / /800 A B d d d A A W MIR00315 MIR00316 MIR Base Fixing Assembly Kit Material Sheet steel, 3.0 mm 4 Clamping plates Finish Zinc-passivated MIR00319 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit 1.17

35 RACK

36 19 RACK Design A Compulsory Requirement Design does not just mean structuring shape. Design also creates a level of communication between product and person! Both functional via usage visualization and emotional via presentation and overall appearance, products are incorporated into a dialogue concerning the environment! The designer is not just a skilled provider of form, but rather he must also be able to precisely direct this dialogue. Using the relevant individual components, our designers create an overall statement that more than does justice to the criteria consisting of, technology, ergonomics, ecology, economy and aesthetics, and unites these criteria in one product that reflects the highest standard of quality. Knürr very specifically ensure that the design performance is not just used for standards, but rather is also provided for the benefit of our customers! Powerful design is a characteristic with which Knürr demonstrate their quality concepts. Knürr products therefore have, among so many other attributes, a high long-life value. 1.19

37 19 RACK Customer Applications - Design Studies Design A Brandname Ambassador Design is an extremely important part of a product s and a company s total differentiation potential. A successful design stirs emotions, awakens enthusiasm and strengthens the brandname. In this respect, individual design solutions highlight the characteristics of the brand, and support the profiling of the company with the customer and in competing with others. 1.20

38 19 RACK miracel Sheet Steel Door with Perforation, Single Material Sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish.1 = powder-coated texture, RAL = powder-coated texture, RAL Door Mounting material Volume flow A large surface perforation (83% free surface) enables optimum airflow through the rack MIR20276 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit door compl. RAL unit miracel Sheet Steel Door with Perforation, Double Material Sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish.1 = powder-coated texture, RAL = powder-coated texture, RAL Door Mounting material Volume flow A large surface perforation (83% free surface) enables optimum airflow through the rack MIR20277 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit double door RAL unit 1.21

39 19 RACK miracel Glass Door Material Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, single safety glass panel, 4.0 mm, clear glass, double door, 6.0 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Door trim, RAL Glass door, 1 design trim, mounting material Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components) a maximum protection class of IP 55 can be achieved. Preassembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit MIR single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit MIR double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit Door Earthing Set - For safe earthing of the doors 1 Earthline Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR00216 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.22

40 19 RACK miracel Sheet Steel Door Material Sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Door trim, RAL Sheet steel door, 1 design trim, mounting material Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components) a maximum protection class of IP 55 can be achieved. Preassembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit MIR single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit single door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit MIR double door unit double door unit double door unit double door unit Door Stop - Variable adjustment, max. 180 Material Flat rolled steel, 15 x 3 mm Finish Zinc-passivated, colourless chromeplated 1 Door stop Mounting material W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR

41 19 RACK MIR00414 miracel Plinth Stationary, height 100 mm - Stationary - Cable entry possible from all sides - Panel front and rear with vent slots and installation option for filter mat Load rating 5000 N static Material Sheet steel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Plinth corners with levelling 2 Plinth panels with slots 2 Plinth panels closed on the side Mounting material Flat-packed kit Note: Plinth with tilt restraint see 1.46 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel Plinth Stationary, height 200 mm MIR Stationary - Cable entry possible from all sides - Panel front and rear with vent slots and installation option for filter mat Load rating 3000 N static Material Sheet steel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Plinth corners 8 Panels Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.24

42 19 RACK miracel Castors - Can be mounted on the threaded eyelet of the basic rack - Castor diameter, 75 mm - Threaded bolt, M12 - Load capacity per castor: 100 kg 4 Castors Flat packed kit MIR20088 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP units miracel Plinth Trim With brush strip - For cable entry on the side, front and rear Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Plinth trim with brush strip Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR00521 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit miracel Filter Mat for Plinth Trim For installation in plinth trim on the front and rear 2 Filter mats Flat packed kit MIR00161 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit miracel Plinth Mobile, height 100 mm MIR00077 Note: Plinth with tilt restraint see 1.46 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound - Mobile - Cable entry possible on the rear - With levelling feet for stationary model Load rating 3000 N static Material Sheet steel, 2 mm Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Plinth frame 2 Fixed castors with snib 2 Swivel castors Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit 1.25

43 19 RACK miracel Bottom Cover 3-Piece - For covering the rack underside - For flexible cable entry on the front and rear Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated 3 Bottom covers 2 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR00357 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel Bottom Cover For flexible cable entry with rubber sealing, IP 40 MIR For covering the rack underside - With rubber sealing for flexible cable entry on the front and rear Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components), a maximum protection class of IP 40 can be achieved. Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated Sponge rubber, 50 mm x 50 mm 1 Cable entry 2 Bottom covers 2 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.26

44 19 RACK Door Locking Set 1 Lock set 2 Keys (half-cylinder) Note Further cylinder locks on request! W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR00066 Locking Set, Complete 2 Cylinders with 4 keys 2 Lockable fasteners for side panel with 4 keys W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR00069 Door Earthing Set - For safe earthing of the doors 1 Earthline Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR00216 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Rack Earthing Set - For safe rack earthing - Standard protective conductor connection Standards IEC 950 VDE Earthlines Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR00217 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.27

45 19 RACK miracel Side Panel Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components), a maximum protection class of IP 55 can be achieved. Material Sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL Side panel Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit MIR unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel Assembly Kit, Side Panel Screwing 12 M5 - For screwing the side panels instead of using quick connectors - Provides additional rack strength Material Countersunk washers and mounting nuts High-grade steel 16 Countersunk washers 16 Mounting nuts, M5 16 Countersunk screws, M5 x 12 Flat packed kit MIR W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.28

46 19 RACK miracel Rear Panel Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components), a maximum protection class of IP 55 can be achieved. Material Sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL Rear panel Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit MIR unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.29

47 19 RACK MIR00070 miracel Top Cover Closed, IP 55 - Can be optionally used as top cover or bottom cover (combination with stationary plinth is not possible with use as bottom cover) Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components), a maximum protection class of IP 55 can be achieved. Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Top cover, closed Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel Top Cover With cable entry, IP 40 MIR20224 MIR20225 Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components), a maximum protection class of IP 40 can be achieved. Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Top cover with cable entry Sliding covers for cable entry Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.30

48 19 RACK miracel Top Cover With vent lid and cable entry, IP 40 MIR20226 Protection rating With installation in the miracel rack (depending on the other rack components), a maximum protection class of IP 40 can be achieved. Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL Vent lid, complete Covers for cable entry Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit unit miracel Brush Strip - Brush strip for all covers with cable entry - For dust-protected and flexible cable entry - Instead of mounting the sliding covers in the cover 2 Brush strips Flat packed kit MIR20093 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP for rack width 700/ unit for rack width unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.31

49 19 RACK Fan Cover LUF Compatible for installation in miracel - Easy installation also possible at a later stage - With cable entry (brush strip) - With 2 fans (108 m 3 /h per fan) - Upgrade at any time to 8 fans (rack depth 800) or 11 fans (rack depth 900, 1000) - Cover divided in two parts for later upgrades Material Cover, sheet steel, 1.5 mm Fan support panel, sheet steel, 1.0 mm, zinc-passivated Finish / Colour Cover, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low potential guideline 79/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Technical data, thermostat Setting range: +10 C C Switching temperature differential (hysteresis): 2 K Contact type: 1 changeover contact Sensor: thermostatic bimetal Contact rating: 230 VAC/10 A (heating), 5 A (cooling) Interference suppression: in accordance with DIN Cover with perforations for fans 2 Fans 1 Thermostat 1 Connection cable, 3.0 m with safety plug Assembled, wired and tested LUF20020 W H D For rack type Order no. UP miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit miracel unit LUF20045 LUF20046 Single Fan for Fan Cover - For later installation in the fan cover - For increasing the cooling output and removal of hotspots 1 Fan Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D Order no. UP unit LUF

50 0 19 RACK Ventilation Unit LUF Suitable for all rack widths and depths - For forced exhaustion - With cable entry (brush strip) - Installation in cover area, no loss of 19 installation space - Easy installation also possible at a later stage - Incl. 3 fans (117 m 3 /h per fan), (upgrade to 5 fans possible) - Mains supply: 230 V / 50 Hz Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Technical data, thermostat Setting range: +10 C C Switching temperature differential (hysteresis): 2 K Contact type: 1 changeover contact Sensor: thermostatic bimetal Contact rating: 230 VAC/10 A (heating), 5 A (cooling) Interference suppression: in accordance with DIN Ventilation unit m connection cable with protective contact plug Type 1: with thermostat Type 2: without thermostat Mounting material Assembled, wired and tested LUF20029 W H D For rack type Order no. UP Type 1 For miracel withthermostat unit Type 2 For miracel withoutthermostat unit LUF20047 Fan Installation Set LUF00266 W For quick and easy forced exhaustion of racks - Miracel / Tecoras Indoor - Installation in the cover area - No loss of 19 installation space - Easy installation also possible at a later stage - Incl. 2 fans (160 m 3 /h per fan) Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Technical data, thermostat Setting range: +10 C C Switching temperature differential (hysteresis): 2 K Contact type: 1 changeover contact Sensor: thermostatic bimetal Contact rating: 230 VAC/10 A (heating), 5 A (cooling) Interference suppression: in accordance with DIN Mounting panel for fan 2 Fans (160 m 3 /h) 1 Connection cable, 2.0 m with safety plug Type 1: with thermostat Type 2: without thermostat Mounting material ELM00139 Assembled, wired and tested Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound W H D For rack type Order no. UP 534 miracel / B 600 / with thermostat unit 734 miracel / B 800 / with thermostat unit 534 miracel / B 600 / without thermostat unit 734 miracel / B 800 / without thermostat unit 1.33

51 19 RACK Front Panel, Pivots - For covering the lateral jumpering space on the front in miracel racks, width Easy to open with jumpering work Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 2 Front panels Mounting material Flat packed kit ELM00103a W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP for rack width unit for rack width unit for rack width unit 1.34

52 19 RACK miracel Server Racks 1.36 to

53 19 RACK 19 ServerRack miracel Strong points 1.37 miracel ASP ASP/Server Rack 1.40 miracel Server Rack 1.42 miracel Accessories Vertical Trim 1.45 Cable Tray 1.45 Support Bracket 1.45 Plinth 1.46 miracel ISP Rack 1.47 miracel Accessories Mounting Adapters 1.48 Partition Panel 1.48 Rack Connector 1.48 Combi Lock 1.48 Lock Set 1.49 Extension Kit 1.50 DOS

54 19 RACK miracel Strong points Various concepts and designs for airflow from front and rear Optional tilt restraint provides safety for service personnel Different variants for cable management enable adjustment to the configuration conditions New server extrusions guarantee easy mounting of 19 servers of all manufacturers 1 MIR MIR MIR MIR MIR MIR MIR

55 19 RACK Proven safety with airflow measurements in the thermal management lab Knürr products meet the requirements of most environmental influences: climactic, chemical and mechanical IP requirements Electro-magnetic compatibility Corrosive resistance Earthquake stability Environmental tests MIR20130 Knürr Thermal Management Lab Measurements, calculations and tests TEC00279 Internal dimensions: (3.0 x 3.0 x 3.0) m 2 Temperature range: -45 to +60 C Humidity range: 10% to 95 % Airflow and Heat Simulation MIR20128 MIR

56 19 RACK The best 19 technology products and modular, ergonomic and functional workstation systems optimally enhance one another. Everything from one source. Everything from Knürr! MIR20179 Knürr server racks as requested by the customer (Fujitsu Siemens Computers) MIR

57 19 RACK miracel 19 ASP Rack / 19 Server Rack Widths 600 mm and 800 mm, front door with perforations MIR Basic version without plinth; order optionally if required - With special 19 server extrusions for mounting trade standard servers - With perforated doors on the front and rear for optimal airflow, honeycomb shaped, perforation, 83% airflow Jumpering space Front, 85.5 mm Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 40 Airflow Perforation 83% Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium - Multifunctional struts and 19 bracket extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated - Visible surface of the covers, powdercoated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 Basic rack 4 19 server sheet steel mounting hole extrusions 2 Doors, perforated (perforation 83%) 2 Side panels 1 Top cover, closed 1 Complete earthing set 1 Complete locking set Assembled MIR20131 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit MIR20131 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit 1.40

58 19 RACK miracel 19 ASP Rack, Server Rack Width, 600 mm, doors with perforation, with mobile plinth and tilt restraint MIR Basic version with mobile plinth, integrated pull-out tilt restraint - With special 19 server extrusions for mounting trade standard servers, such as Compaq, Dell, Sun, IBM - With perforated doors on the front and rear for optimal airflow, honeycomb shaped, perforation, 83% airflow Variants Type 1 - Single rack (with side panels) Type 2 - Rack for rack suite (without side panels) Airflow Perforation 83% Jumpering space Front, 85.5 mm Load rating 5000 N static Protection rating IP 20 Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium - Multifunctional struts and 19 extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated - Visible surface of the covers, powdercoated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7021 dark-grey Type 1 1 Basic rack 4 19 server sheet steel mounting hole extrusions 2 Perforated doors (perforation: 83%) 2 Side panels 1 Top cover with cable entry 1 Complete earthing set 1 Mobile plinth with tilt restraint Type 2 1 Basic rack 4 19 server sheet steel mounting hole extrusions 2 Perforated doors (perforation: 83%) 1 Top cover with cable entry 1 Complete earthing set 1 Mobile plinth with tilt restraint Assembled MIR20186 MIR20186 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP side panels, RAL unit side panels, RAL unit side panels, RAL unit side panels, RAL unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit no side panels, RAL unit 1.41

59 19 RACK MIR20262 miracel 19 Server Rack Width 600, mobile, front glass door - With fixed 19 installation on the front and rear for components in accordance with IEC Prepared for mounting trade standard servers with special server extrusions - Cable entry via plinth - Door opening angle, 180º - Airflow from the front to the rear with recessed glass pane on the front door and perforations on the rear doors Jumpering space Front, 85.5 mm Load rating 5000 N static Airflow circulation 1000 cm 2 with 23 HU 1500 cm 2 with 41 HU 1700 cm 2 with 46 HU Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Multifunctional struts, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 Basic rack 4 19 sheet steel server extrusions 2 Side panels with quick connectors 1 Cover closed, with 23 HU version reinforced for monitor 1 Front door with single safety glass panel 1 Rear door, sheet steel with perforation, large air intake cross section 1 Mobile plinth with cable entry rear and levelling feet 1 Complete earthing set 1 Complete locking set Assembled MIR20288 MIR20288 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit 1.42

60 19 RACK miracel 19 Server Rack Width 700, doors with perforation MIR Front door with large area perforation for air intake - Prepared for side cable management with asymmetric layout of the extrusions - Front, on the side, 3 x 2 HU additional 19 installation space Jumpering space Front, 85.5 mm Protection rating IP 20 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Multifunctional struts and 19 extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Door trim RAL 9011 black - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 Basic rack 4 19 sheet steel server extrusions 1 Trim, lateral with 3 x 2 HU vertical installation space 2 Side panels 1 Top cover, closed 1 Front door with large area perforation 1 Rear door with large area perforation 1 Mobile plinth with rear cable entry and levelling feet 1 Complete earthing set Assembled MIR20279 MIR20279 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit RAL unit 1.43

61 19 RACK MIR20000 miracel 19 Server Rack Width 700, front glass door - Front door with single safety glass panel and openings for air intake - Prepared for side cable management with asymmetric layout of the extrusions - Lateral, patented cable management saves on a high portion of the cable lengths required for extension - Support brackets are required at the respective positions for mounting chassis - The cable trays with swivel arm are prepared for mounting and routing the cables without cable ties Jumpering space Front, 85.5 mm Protection rating IP 20 Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture, glass infill, front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm - Multifunctional struts and 19 extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 4 19 sheet steel mounting hole server extrusions 2 Side panels 1 Top cover, closed 1 Front door with single safety glass panel and openings for air intake 1 Rear door with large area perforation 1 Mobile plinth with rear cable entry and levelling feet 6 Cable trays with swivel arm (7 with 46 HU) 4 19 support brackets, 2 HU (5 with 46 HU) (BN ) 2 19 support brackets, 3 HU (2 with 46 HU) (BN ) 1 Complete earthing set Assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit MIR20280 MIR20280 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.44

62 19 RACK Trim for 19 Vertical Installation, 3 x 2 HU/U - For installation in W 700 server racks with asymmetric layout of the 19 extrusions Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Finish Powder-coated, RAL Trim Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR20059 Installation Can be mounted on the left rack side 19 vertical installation, 3 x 2 HU/U Max. depth of installation components, 300 mm (only for installation in server rack BN / ) W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP 41 left unit 46 left unit Cable Tray - For carrying light installation equipment (max. 5 kg) - For orderly storage of excess cables - Only for installation in server rack BN / Storage tray Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR20058 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit with swivel arm unit Support Bracket - For W 700 server racks with BN and For mounting chassis on the 19 level with 4 fixing points W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit MIR20106 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.45

63 19 RACK miracel Plinth Mobile and stationary with tilt restraint, height 100 mm MIR20050 Type 1: mobile Type 2: stationary Cable entry possible on the rear Load rating 5000 N static Material Sheet steel, 2 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey, type 1: 1 Plinth frame 2 Fixed castors with snib 2 Swivel castors 4 Levelling feet 1 Tilt restraint Mounting material, type 2: 1 Plinth frame 4 Levelling feet 1 Tilt restraint Mounting material Flat packed kit MIR20053 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP type 1, mobile unit type 1, mobile unit type 1, mobile unit type 1, mobile unit type 1, mobile unit type 1, mobile unit type 2, stationary unit type 2, stationary unit type 2, stationary unit type 2, stationary unit type 2, stationary unit type 2, stationary unit Type 1 Type 2 MIR20260 MIR20261 Tilt Restraint for miracel Racks Quick assembly system - For fixing on the front vertical posts of all variants of MIRACEL racks - Simple and rapid mounting and removing without tools 2 Anti-tilt restrainers Flat packed kit - Use only as required MIR20051 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.46

64 19 RACK miracel ISP Rack MIR Colocation rack, horizontal and vertical partitions meet requirements for access security - Standard rack is fitted with universal depth struts that enable a flexible horizontal and vertical adjustment of the distribution - The cable management for the bays is configured in an access-secure version in accordance with security requirements - Perforated doors ensure the highest possible airflow Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium - Multifunctional struts and 19 angular extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated - Visible surface of the covers, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 8 19 server sheet steel mounting hole extrusions (2 separate compartments) server sheet steel mounting hole extrusions (3 separate compartments) 16 Mounting brackets, 19 server extrusion (2 separate compartments) 24 Mounting brackets, 19 server extrusion (3 separate compartments) 4 Doors, perforated (air throughput 52%) with lock (2 separate compartments) 6 Doors, perforated (air throughput 52%) with lock (3 separate compartments) 4 Frame trims 2 Side panels 1 Cover, closed 2 Horizontal bases (2 separate compartments) 3 Horizontal bases (3 separate compartments) 8 Universal depth struts (2 separate compartments) 12 Universal depth struts (3 separate compartments) Assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP sep. compart Stk sep. compart unit MIR20061 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.47

65 19 RACK Mounting Adapter for 19 Server Extrusion For ASP rack and ISP rack - For mounting Knürr standard components (storage shelves, drawers, chassis runnners, keyboard runners, etc.) in 19 installation space Material Zinc-passivated sheet steel 4 Adapters MIR20044 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit ISP Rack Partition Panel - For secure partitioning of separate compartments, vertical, can be mounted later on with rack suite connection - Individual, i.e. opened separately for each compartment with quick fastener Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1 mm, zinc-passivated 2 Partition panels (for ISP rack with 2 separate compartments) 3 Partition panels (for ISP rack with 3 separate compartments) Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP ISP with 2 sep. compart unit ISP with 3 sep. compart unit MIR20028 ISP Rack Connector Material Sheet steel, 1mm, zinc-passivated 8 Mounting straps Mounting material W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR20036 Combi Lock - Mechanical solution for a high-grade lock system - Access either via a three digit code that can be individually set on the handle or via a master key that enables access to the rack independently of the code setting - Suitable for miracel rack single doors with swing handle - Later upgrade without mechanical alteration also possible Note Further electronic locks, see chapter 10, Active Components W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR

66 19 RACK Door Locking Set 1 Lock set 2 Keys (half-cylinder) Note Further cylinder locks on request! W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR00066 Locking Set, Complete 2 Cylinders with 4 keys 2 Lockable fasteners for side panel with 4 keys W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR00069 Accessory Kit for ASP Racks MIR20268 Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated Plastic parts: Polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable, coloured, fine textured Mounting kit For mounting Knürr standard components (front panels, storage shelves, drawers, chassis rails, etc.) in 19 installation space 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) DI-STRIP Compact Socket Strip (German Standard) 230 VAC / 16 A 19 Installation option. Socket rotation: 45 Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm Moulded angle plug with standard side panel Fixing with mounting bracket, VDE Certificate Mounting adapters For mounting standard Knürr components (shelves, drawers, chassis rails, keyboard runners, etc.) in the 1 9 installation space with use of server extrusions in the rack 4 Mounting adapters ( ) 1 Mounting kit, Z-form, mounting holes, M5 ( ) 1 Socket strip with mounting bracket ( ) Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.49

67 19 RACK miracel Extension Kit, 100 mm MIR For extending rack depths, even at later stages - Can be used in combination with doors (can not be used for rear panel) - Additional cabling space, space for airflow etc. can be easily generated Material Sheet steel Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL Vertical trims 1 Horizontal trim, top Extension adapter Mounting material Flat packed kit Note With use of double doors, please also order lock bracket set: order no W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit MIR unit unit unit unit MIR20274 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 Rack Systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.50

68 19 RACK miracel CoolTherm 10 kw to 20 kw, water-cooled 1.52 to 1.54 Thermal management for all server applications with high packing density and heavy thermal loads. Heat exchanger kw One cooling system for all system components

69 19 RACK With 10 kw to 20 kw air-to-water heat exchanger CoolTherm In both commercial computer centres and in many research and development departments, 1HU servers and blade centre servers are constantly finding increased use and application. This generates higher computing densities in smaller spaces. An ever-increasing problem in this respect is the diversion of the heat that this creates. With this solution, PC clusters can be completely cooled for the first time with water. The result: an expensive thermal management system is consequently no longer required. Features Cooling concept for server applications with high power loss, primarily 19 1 HU servers with front air intake and output air at the rear. 6 HU / (9 HU) high performance air-to-water heat exchanger 40 HU / (37 HU) for servers; can be used with DC fans 37 HU / (34 HU) Channelled airflow in the entire rack AC distribution and DC supply mounted on 3 HU over the servers Ventilator and DC fan power supply redundance Preinstallation of socket strips with connection to AC distribution (option) Fans with temperature-dependent speed control Alarm management for excess temperatures and fan failure Advantages LUF20036 Closed air circulation with an air-to-water heat exchanger (cross-section) No water (or other liquids) on the modules Closed air circulation, rack, IP 55 No thermal loads on the room air Low sound emission (closed housing) LUF20035 Server rack technical data Height, 2200 mm (46 HE); other heights optional Width, 700 mm to 800 mm Depth, 1200 mm to 1300 mm 1.52

70 19 RACK CoolTherm Strong points 1 Ventilation Temperature-dependent and speed-controlled 2 Knürr Heat Exchanger Air-to-water 1 LUF LUF Distribution Knürr Powerbox/AC distribution 4 Power Knürr 19 DC power distribution 2 LUF HEI20102 Note Information at: Rear door open Technical data Air-to-water heat exchanger Heat volume to be dissipated: up to 20 kw Water-side: Prerun temperature: 12 C (preferred) Postrun temperature: 18 C (preferred) Max. pressure loss: 30 kpa Volume current: 0.5 to 0.8 l/s Ventilation valve Air-side: 2000 m 3 /h to 5500 m 3 /h Air outlet: 20 to 25 C Cooperative development project with the Karlsruhe Research Centre LUF

71 19 RACK CoolTherm - With fixed 19 installation on the front and rear for components in accordance with IEC Installation of chassis rails and 19 shelves possible - Flexible installation of components with mounting hole extrusions - Cable entry via bottom and top cover - Unused space closed off with blanking panels Load rating Static load 1000 kg (10,000 N) Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Visible surface of the covers, dark-grey RAL 7021 Fully assembled Protection rating IP 55 Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC 529 MIR20287 CoolTherm, 10 kw - Width, 700 mm - Depth 1200 mm (optional 1300 mm) for server useable depth: d = D 450 mm (with 1200 mm depth: 750 mm useable for server) - Height 2200 mm, internal 46 HU (optional: 2000 mm/41 HU and 2400 mm/50 HU) - 2 DC radial fans, with temperature-dependent stepless speed regulation, installed beside one another, n+1 redundant with approx. 3 K temperature increase - Separate DC power supply, 3 HU V, 50/60 Hz, n+1 redundant (2x750 W) - High-performance heat exchanger, height: 6 HU - Weight: 290 kg (incl. 5.9 litres of cooling water) CoolTherm, 10 to 15 kw - Width, 800 mm - Depth 1200 mm (optional 1300 mm) for server useable depth: d = D 500 mm (with 1200 mm depth: 700 mm useable for server) - Height 2200 mm, internal 46 HU (optional: 2000 mm/41 HU and 2400 mm/50 HU) - 2 DC radial fans, with temperature-dependent stepless speed regulation, installed beside one another, n+1 redundant with approx. 4 K temperature increase - Separate DC power supply, 3 HU V, 50/60 Hz, n+1 redundant (2x750 W) - High-performance heat exchanger, height: 6 HU - Weight: 310 kg (incl. 7.9 litres of cooling water) CoolTherm, 15 to 20 kw - Width, 800 mm - Depth 1200 mm (optional 1300 mm) for server useable depth: d = D 500 mm (with 1200 mm depth: 700 mm useable for server) - Height 2,400 mm, internal 50 HU (optional: 2200 mm/46 HU) - 3 DC radial fans, with temperature-dependent stepless speed regulation, installed beside one another, n+1 redundant with approx. 4 K temperature increase - DC power supply integrated in the fans - High-performance heat exchanger, height: 9 HU - Weight: 340 kg (incl. 9.9 litres of cooling water) W H D HU h d kg Model Order no. UP CoolTherm, 10 kw unit CoolTherm, 10 kw unit CoolTherm, 10 to 15 kw unit CoolTherm, 10 to 15 kw unit CoolTherm, 15 to 20 kw unit CoolTherm, 15 to 20 kw unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Note Information at: Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 1.54

72 19 RACK MaxLoad Earthquake and Heavy Load Rack 1.56 to

73 19 RACK MaxLoad MaxLoad Strong points 1.57 MaxLoad Products 1.58 New: Stability for Heavy Loads and Earthquakes MaxLoad Heavy load system for static loads of up to 1000 kg* Seismic stresses in accordance with Bellcore, Zone 4 up to 450 kg* MaxLoad, the new rack platform for heavy load requirements from Knürr guarantees problem-free fitting with loads of up to 1,000 kg*. With systems that are fully equipped with 1 HU servers or heavy storage units, loads of this magnitude can be quickly reached. By using the new MaxLoad from Knürr, available space in computer centres can be used far more cost-effectively. Static tensile tests MIR20213 MIR20215 Dynamic seismic test in accordance with Bellcore Standard. The Knürr MaxLoad provides the proven modularity and flexibility of this platform, such as, for example: Positioning freedom of the 19 level in the depth Availability of various rack depths Availability of a comprehensive modular system with cover panels Simulation, FEM Method MIR20214 * The values provided have been tried, tested, proven and verified in corresponding tests and simulations. 1.56

74 19 RACK MaxLoad Strong points 1 Robust! 5 Accessibility Heavy load system for static loads of up to 1000 kg* 2 3 Earthquake-proof Seismic stresses in accordance with Bellcore, Zone 4 up to 450 kg* Freely accessible From all sides: Solid base fixing in accordance with the Bellcore standard. 6 Solid construction quality PLUS accessibility for components and voluminous cabling space. Universal The premium grade of the internal structure is accentuated by the design and engineering of the cover panels. 4 Stability High rigidity achieved with an intelligent extrusion geometry. Flexibility with installation through numerous fixing points. Designed for metric and 19 technology. Note Information at: 1 MIR MIR MIR MIR MIR MIR20207a 1.57

75 19 RACK MaxLoad Width 600, standard and design version - With fixed 19 installation on the front and rear for components in accordance with IEC Installation of chassis rails and 19 shelves possible - Flexible installation of components with mounting hole extrusions - Cable entry via bottom and top cover - Heat loss discharge via perforated doors - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 123 mm Load rating Static load 1000 kg (10,000 N) Colour Final digit of order number.1: - Visible surface of the covers, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: - Visible surface of the covers, dark-grey RAL Basic rack 2 Side panels 4 19 server extrusions 2 Perforated doors (design rack in design version) 1Cover 1 Earth set, complete 4 Levelling feet Fully assembled Protection rating IP 20 Tests - Earthing in acc. with VDE 0100 T Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - IP test in acc. with DIN / IEC Bellcore Zone 4 MIR20211 Material / Finish - Basic rack, steel, powder-coated - Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Glass infill front door, single safety glass panel, 4 mm Example: Design version MIR20207 W H D HU h d kg Model Order no. UP Standard unit Standard unit Standard unit Standard unit Standard unit Standard unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Standard unit Standard unit Design unit 1.58

76 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Network Rack Server Rack 2.2 to

77 19 COMPACT RACK Network and Server Rack SMA20109 smaract Strong points 2.4 smaract Network Rack 2.6 smaract Server Rack 2.7 smaract Accessories Ventilation Unit 2.8 Extrusions 2.8 Rear Door 2.9 Top Cover/Bottom Cover 2.10 Filter Mat 2.10 Plinth 2.11 Swivel Castors 2.12 Stacking Set 2.12 Eyebolt Set 2.12 Base Fixing 2.12 Wall Mounting 2.13 SMA

78 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Strong panels in practice SMA20122 The smaract is a specific response to the current industry trend towards decentralised networking in companies. smaract stands for an innovative and practical total concept with extremely low spatial demands. High-grade flexibility and especially high-performance! Extremely integration-capable, always modularly extendable and packed with impressive detailed solutions. The fact that not a single cubic centimetre is wasted with every one of the smaract CompactRack models is embodied in the well-earned name, The Big Little One. The innovative frame concept with triangular extrusions keeps the weight low and the stability high. The patented mounting hole rails in the 19 extrusion ensure easy and quick positioning of the components. In brief: An ideal and compact 19 platform in various models that comply with IP and EMC requirements. SMA

79 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Strong points 1 Access Access from all sides is a timesaving factor, e.g. with system integration or maintenance. 2 Intelligent construction Low weight with innovative frame concept. Despite this, high stability with new triangular extrusions. 3 Evolving with the task Simple expansion with stackability. 1 SMA SMA Cable management No matter how complex, Knürr create solutions. 5 EMC and IP version The compact rack can be upgraded to IP or EMC standard at all times. (Also in combined IP/EMC version) (see Telecom Catalogue) 6 Forward-thinking Flexibility with integration of 19 technology. 6 Heights to choose from, 9 HU to 24 HU. 3 SMA SMA SMA SMA

80 19 COMPACT RACK smaract 19 Rack, in accordance with IEC 297 Technical data Material - Extruded aluminium - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium - Sheet steel covers - Doors, sheet steel or with single safety glass panel, opening angle, over Components in acc. with IEC Height: 9 HU to 24 HU 1 HU (or 1 U) = mm - Width: mm (19 ) Versions - IP 20 - IP 54 (see Telecom Catalogue) - EMC (see Telecom Catalogue) Space solution - 82% of the basic surface can be used as space for installation and cable routing Configuration - Stationary, on levelling feet - Mobile on castors with snib Finish - Basic rack, polished - Covers, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey Static load rating N with stationary version - Fully assembled Tests according to version - Safety in acc. with EN and EN Protective conductor/earth in acc. with DIN VDE Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 E - Vibration and shock test in acc. with DIN EN IP test in acc. with DIN EN EMC shielding attenuation in acc. with IEEE-STD-299 and VG part 15 (30 MHz - 1 GHz) - Plastic components in compliance with UL 94-VO 2.5

81 19 COMPACT RACK smaract 19 Compact Rack With glass door SMA For components in acc. with IEC Access from all sides, removable covers - Flexible assembly of the components using T-slot (also optional with mounting holes) - Cable entry via rear panel (also optionally via top cover/bottom cover) - Heat loss discharge via own convection or with fan unit on the rear panel (accessory) - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 110 mm Load rating 2000 N static Protection rating IP 20 (upgradeable to IP 54) Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture - Glass infill front door, single safety glass panel Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Basic rack 2 Side panels, closed, both sides, hinged 1 Cover, closed 1 Glass front door 1 Rear door with cable entry, lockable, prepared for ventilation unit 2 19 Aluminium vertical extrusions, at the front, with T-slot incl. increment slide or 19 sheet steel vertical extrusion, front, with mounting holes (see table) 1 Earthing set 4 Levelling feet Assembled Note If required, please also order 19 extrusions (see pages ) for rear 19 level! W H D HU/U h d (max.) kg Model Order no. UP with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit SMA with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 T-slot extrusion unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit with 19 mount. holes extru unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 2.6

82 19 COMPACT RACK smaract 19 Server Compact Rack With perforated door SMA For components in acc. with IEC Access from all sides, removable covers - With special 19 server extrusions for mounting trade standard servers - With perforated doors on the front and rear for optimal airflow - Door opening angle, 180 Jumpering space Front, 75 mm Airflow circulation 900 cm 2 with 9 HU 1500 cm 2 with 15 HU 2100 cm 2 with 21 HU 2400 cm 2 with 24 HU Material / Finish - Basic rack, extruded aluminium, polished - Corner piece, die-cast aluminium, polished - Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 Basic rack 2 Side panels, closed, both sides, hinged 1 Cover, closed 1 Front door with perforation 1 Rear door with perforation 4 19 server sheet steel mounting hole extrusions 1 Earthing set 4 Levelling feet Note Please also order mounting adapter for 19 server extrusions. Set with 4 adapters, (see page 2.9). W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit with 19 server extru., RAL unit SMA20060 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 2.7

83 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Ventilation Unit SMA Easy add-on on the rear panel - With two axial fans - With thermostat Single fan technical data - Type 1: Max. volume flow (free blowing): 160 m 3 /h Noise (free blowing): 46 db(a) - Type 2 (quiet): Max. volume flow (free blowing): 100 m 3 /h Noise (free blowing): 32 db(a) Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 1 Ventilation unit ready for connection wired, with thermostat Mounting material Preassembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP Type unit Type 2 (quiet) unit smaract-19 Aluminium Extrusion With T-slot SMA For front and rear installation Material / Finish 19 Extrusions: extruded aluminium, polished Mounting bracket: sheet steel, zinc-passivated 2 19 extrusions with T-slot incl. increment slide 4 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit SMA20105 smaract 19 Sheet Steel Extrusion With mounting holes SMA For front and rear installation Material / Finish 19 Extrusions: sheet steel, zinc-passivated Mounting bracket: sheet steel, zinc-passivated, 1.5 mm 2 19 extrusions with mounting holes 4 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit SMA

84 19 COMPACT RACK smaract 19 Sheet Steel Server Extrusion MIR For front and rear installation Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated, 2.5 mm 2 19 extrusions with mounting holes Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Please also order mounting adapter (set with 4 adapters) W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit MIR20041 Mounting Adapter for 19 Server Extrusion - For mounting Knürr standard components (storage shelves, drawers, chassis rails, keyboard runners, etc.) in 19 installation space Material Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 4 Adapters MIR20044 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit MIR20082 smaract Rear Door Closed 1 Rear panel, closed Mounting material Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture Flat packed kit Colour RAL 7035 light-grey SMA20031 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit 2.9

85 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Top Cover/Bottom Cover Closed SMA20028 Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 Bottom cover, closed Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Use of the bottom cover in combination with the stationary plinth is not possible W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit smaract Top Cover/Bottom Cover With cable entry SMA With integrated cable clamping - With brush strip for cable entry Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 Bottom cover with cable routing 1 Brush strip Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit smaract Bottom Cover, Perforated With filter mat - For cooling using air convection Material / Finish Bottom cover: sheet steel, powder-coated texture Filter mat: filedon 1 Perforated bottom cover with filter mat Mounting material Flat packed kit SMA20029 Colour RAL 7035 light-grey W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit 2.10

86 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Replacement Filter For smaract perforated bottom cover - For use in conjunction with perforated bottom cover Material Filedon 5 Replacement filters Flat packed kit SMA20058 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP for T units for T units for T units smaract Plinth SMA Stationary - Cable entry possible from all sides - Panels front and rear with vent slots and installation option for filter Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey 4 Plinth corners 2 Closed panels 2 Panels, with vent slots Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set set set set smaract Plinth Trims with Cable Entry For use in conjunction with the plinth SMA For use in conjunction with the plinth Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture 1 Trim with cable entry 1 Brush strip Mounting material Colour RAL 7035 light-grey Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit smaract Filter Mat for Plinth Panel For installation in plinth panel on the front and rear 2 Filter mats MIR20140 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set 2.11

87 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Twin Castor SMA Height 50 mm Colour RAL 9011, graphite black Load rating 400 N per castor 1200 N max. static total load per rack 2 Twin castors 2 Fixed castors Standards Castors in acc. with DIN Load rating in acc. with DIN Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP units smaract Stacking Set - Fixed connection for stacking compact racks Material / Finish Steel, cold rolled, zinc-passivated 4 Stacking elements Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP units SMA20035 smaract Eyebolt Set - For hanging on crane hooks - Load rating, 1900 N static per ring screw Material / Finish Tool steel, forged 4 Eyebolts Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP units MEC00074 Base Fixing Assembly Kit Material Sheet steel, 3.0 mm 4 Clamping plates MIR00319 Finish Zinc-passivated W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 2.12

88 19 COMPACT RACK smaract Wall Mounting Bracket Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey Load rating 500 N Flat packed kit 2 Wall mounting brackets Drill hole template Mounting material SMA20094 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set SMA

89 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack 19 Network Stand-Alone Enclosure 3.2 to

90 19 ENCLOSURE 19 Network Stand-Alone Enclosure doubleprorack Strong points 3.3 doubleprorack 19 Stand-Alone Enclosure Enclosure Without Door 3.6 doubleprorack Accessories Extrusions 3.7 Fan Unit 3.7 Doors/Rear Panel 3.8 Connection Board 3.9 Plinth 3.9 Earthing Set 3.10 Mounting Bracket 3.11 Rack Connector 3.11 Base Fixing 3.11 Swivel Castors 3.12 Eyebolt Set 3.12 DOP

91 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack Strong points 1 DOP DOP Complete 19 enclosure range, from the 6 HU Desktop Enclosure to the 24 HU Compact Rack. Various top and bottom cover variants are available for individual requirements for air throughput and IP protection rating. Top and bottom covers can be combined with each other in various ways. Lockable front door, optionally as single safety glass panel or as sheet steel door. 3 DOP DOP The extrusions for installing the 19 components are available with mounting holes or with a T-slot for incremented or stepless mounting. 5 The 19 mounting level can be set in the depth in 25 mm increments. This allows higher front panel structures to also be installed with use of a door. 4 DOP Individual configurations for your special application case enable levelling of uneven floor surfaces with the levelling feet, mobility with castors or stacking with enclosure foot. 5 DOP As an additional alternative, a plinth with front vent panel offers space for cabling and ventilation from below. 7 DOP DOP Various door types allow appearance and service access to be individually designed while taking the required protection rating into account. 9 Different types of cable entry are available according to the required protection rating. 8 DOP DOP

92 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack 19 Enclosure According to IEC Technical data Die-cast aluminium frame construction connected with aluminium depth and vertical extrusions Material - Sheet steel covers, 0.8 mm, zinc-passivated - Die-cast aluminium frame - Extruded aluminium depth and vertical extrusions - In the 19 mounting level, extruded aluminium with T-slot and mounting holes - Sheet steel, full glass doors or extrusion doors with sheet steel or safety glass panel External dimensions - Widths: mm (network enclosures) - Depths: 500, 600, 700 or 800 mm - Height: mm (without feet or plinth) - Assembled Load rating N static Configuration - Stationary, on plastic feet or plinth with feet - Mobile on twin swivel castors Finish / Colour Covers, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey - Frame and extrusions, powdercoated texture, grey-blue RAL 5008 Tests - Vibration test in acc. with MIL-STD 810 D - NEMA 12 Test Installation space according to IEC Height: 3 24 HU (1 HU = mm) Width:

93 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack LAN 19 Network Stand-Alone Enclosure DOP For components in acc. with IEC Side covers and rear panel can be removed - Flexible assembly of the components using T-slot (also optional with mounting holes) - Cable entry via rear panel - Heat loss discharge via own convection on the rear panel (or optionally with fan unit) Jumpering space Front, 125 mm Load rating 1500 N static Protection rating IP 20 Material / Finish Sheet steel covers, powder-coated texture Die-cast aluminium frame Extruded aluminium extrusions Glass infill front door, single safety glass panel Colour Covers, RAL 7035, light-grey Frame and extrusions, RAL 5008, grey-blue 1 Frame rack incl. side covers 1 Full glass door 1 Rear panel with cable entry, 3 parts 1 Cover, above, with vent slots 1 Cover, below, with vent slots 1 Set, 19 installation (4 vertical extrusions with T-slot) 1 Earthing set with earthing bolt, M8 Assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit DOP full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit full glass door unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 3.5

94 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack 19 Enclosure Without Front Door - For components in acc. with IEC Side covers and rear panel can be removed - Heat loss discharge via own convection on the rear panel (or optionally with fan unit) Load rating 1500 N static Protection rating IP 20 Material / Finish Sheet steel covers, powder-coated texture Die-cast aluminium frame Extruded aluminium extrusions Glass infill front door, single safety glass panel Colour Covers, RAL 7035, light-grey Frame and extrusions, RAL 5008, grey-blue 1 Frame rack incl. side covers 1 Cover, above, with vent slots 1 Cover, below, with vent slots 1 Rear panel, 2 parts 2 19 front extrusions, mounting holes 2 19 extrusions at the rear, T-slot Assembled DOP00253 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit without door unit DOP00052 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 3.6

95 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack 19 Front Installation With T-slot DOP Can also be used as second mounting level Material Extruded aluminium Finish Polished 2 19 front extrusions with T-slot Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set set set set set set set DOP00313 doubleprorack 19 Front Installation With mounting holes DOP Can also be used as second mounting level Material Extruded aluminium Finish Polished 2 19 extrusions at the front with mounting holes Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set set set set set set set DOP00055 doubleprorack Rear Fan Panel, 3 HU DOP With axial fans (220 V, max. volume flow per fan, 160 m 2 /h) - Plastic protective grill 1 Rear fan panel, wired Mounting material Type 1: without thermostat Type 2: with thermostat, C and power supply lead, 2.5 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light grey Assembled ELM00107 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP without thermo unit with thermo unit without thermo unit with thermo unit 3.7

96 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack Sheet Steel Door - With cylinder lock, lockable - Not suitable for enclosures with which an IP protection of 54 should be reached. Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, powder-coated texture 1 Sheet steel door Mounting material Preassembled Colour RAL 7035, light-grey DOP00260 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit doubleprorack Rear Panel, Closed - For doubleprorack width mm Material / Finish Sheet steel, 0.8 mm, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Rear panel, closed Mounting material Flat packed kit DOP00275 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 3.8

97 19 ENCLOSURE DOP00270 doubleprorack Connection Panel With cable routing - For cable entry in conjunction with rear panel shortened accordingly by 3 HU/U Material / Finish Sheet steel, 0.8 mm, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Connection board with cable routing Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit DOP00287 DOP00274 doubleprorack Connection Panel With brush strip - For rear panel cover in conjunction with rear panel shortened accordingly by 3 HU/U - For doubleprorack width mm - With brush strip for cable routing and strain relief Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Connection board Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit DOP00288 doubleprorack Plinth DOP For doubleprorack stand-alone enclosure - With levelling feet - With ventilation use - Height = 100 mm Material / Finish Ventilation panel: ABS Covers: sheet steel, 1 mm, powder-coated texture Colour Rack frame, RAL 5008, grey-blue Cover panel, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Plinth Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 3.9

98 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack Earthing Set For enclosure - For earthing top cover/bottom cover - With central earthing bolt 2 Earthlines, length 250 mm 4 Spring nuts, M5 2 Washers 4 Cylinder screws, M5 x 10 1 Earthing bolt MEC20122 Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set DOP20025 doubleprorack Earthing Set For doors and trims - For earthing doors and/or trims 5 Earthlines, length 250 mm 1 Earthline, length 250 mm, two-sided AMP plug 5 Spring nuts, M5 5 Cylinder screws, M5 x 10 with tooth lock washer 5 Washers MEC20123 Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 3.10

99 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack Mounting Bracket - For mounting socket strips and cable duct Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 2 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set DOP00282 doubleprorack Rack Connector - For mechanical, stabile connection of enclosure suites Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 4 Rack connectors Mounting material DOP00283 Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set doubleprorack Base Fixing - For use in conjunction with levelling feet Material / Finish Sheet steel, black zinc-passivated 4 Base fixings Screws and dowels DOP00311 Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management 3.11

100 19 ENCLOSURE doubleprorack Twin Castor, 50 mm DOP For mobile setup of the doubleprorack stand-alone enclosure with lockable castors Material / Finish Polyamide, RAL 9011 black Load rating 500 N static 2 Twin castors 2 Lockable castors 4 Lock washers Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set DOP00233 doubleprorack Eyebolt Set - For hanging on crane hooks - Load rating, 1900 N static per ring screw Material Tool steel, forged 4 Eyebolts, M 8 Flat packed kit DOP00281 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 3.12

101 19 WALL ENCLOSURE ConAct Network Wall Enclosure 4.2 to

102 19 WALL ENCLOSURE 19 Network Wall Enclosure ConAct Strong points Unpack and start the network installation within minutes ConAct Strong points 4.2 ConAct Wall Enclosure 4.6 ConAct Accessories Extrusions 4.7 Door 4.7 A ACT00024 Cost-effective Savings of up to 50% of the transport volume with flat pack packaging (see figure A) Easy transport right up to assembly with space-saving packaging Small packages low storage space Top Cover / Bottom Cover 4.8 Earthing Set 4.8 ACT00031 "One-person" setup No unnecessary removal of enclosure parts as it is delivered part dismantled Rear panel mounting without measuring using drill hole template Easy assembly with: Keyhole punching on the rear panel (see figure B) Push-in technology for mounting rails and covers Symmetrical enclosure setup 1. ACT ACT00005 Hang rear panel Fix supports and vertical extrusions 4.2

103 19 WALL ENCLOSURE C ACT00030 D ACT00033 Cabling made easy All-side access guarantees convenient mounting of the components Easy cable management with on-site existing cables with open construction design Orderly cable management with spacious side jumpering area and cable clamping rails as accessories (See figures C+D) E ACT00032 Customer specification Individually configurable with colour variants or cover mounting holes 19 or metric installation possible 19 vertical extrusions can be depth adjusted on 25 mm increment Easy door stop change with shift bolt system (see figure E) Ventilation concept can be expanded at later stages with optional active ventilation unit 3. Install cabling and components ACT00006 ACT Fit covers... and the installation is ready! ACT

104 19 WALL ENCLOSURE Maintenance-friendly Easy access for servicing is also guaranteed by removing the side panels Enclosure can be locked with security lock Door opening angle 180 ACT00017 F G Accessories Easy integration of accessories, e.g. socket strips with screwon points on the vertical extrusion or on the rear panel (see figure F) Accessories available for orderly cable management, e.g. cable routing board or jumper bracket (see figure G) Comprehensive standard accessories range available, ACT00034 ACT00033 e.g. shelves, drawers, socket strips, etc. Application examples: ACT00020 ACT00025 ACT00021 Glass door with trims in special colours Design door with perforation Enclosure with active ventilation unit 4.4

105 19 WALL ENCLOSURE ConAct Technical data In accordance with IEC 297 With fixed 19 installation For components in accordance with IEC Removable covers Covers above and below with lateral vent slots For installing: 19 components on the front 19 components on the rear, optionally with additional 19 vertical extrusion set Equipment with max. construction width of 450 mm Installation accessories Jumpering space Front: 100 mm (adjustable) Side: 55 mm Static load rating 500 N Protection rating IP 20 Standards Earthing, VDE 0100 T 540 EN 60950, EN Configuration Stationary, wall mounting 19 Installation dimensions in accordance with IEC Heights: 6 HU / 9 HU / 12 HU / 15 HU / 18 HU / 21 HU / 24 HU (1 HU = mm) Width: mm (19 ) External dimensions Heights: 352 mm / 486 mm / 619 mm / 752 mm / 886 mm / 1019 mm / 1152 mm Width: 600 mm Depths: 400 mm / 500 mm / 600 mm Cable clamping rail Rear panel Top cover with active ventilation unit Cover Grey surfaces = system components (not included in standard) see p. 7 and 8 Support Sheet steel door Glass door Side panel Design door, closed (sheet steel) 19 vertical extrusion Design door, perforated (sheet steel) Bottom cover ACT

106 19 WALL ENCLOSURE ConAct Standard 19 Wall-Mounting Rack ACT For components in accordance with IEC Accessible from all sides, covers can be quickly removed - Cable routing via bottom and/or top cover Jumpering space 80 mm (minimum 32, from 80 on the 25 mm increment) Load rating 500 N static Protection rating IP 20 Material / Finish - Rear panel and basic frame, sheet steel, zinc-passivated - Removable covers, powder-coated sheet steel - Front door, single safety glass panel, textured - 19 vertical extrusions, zinc-passivated sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Wall enclosure 2 19 vertical extrusions 1 Cable clamping rail Mounting material Part assembled W H D HU/U h d (max.) kg Model Order no. UP glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit glass door unit ACT20041 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 4.6

107 19 WALL ENCLOSURE 19 ConAct Vertical Extrusion, 19 Metric - For front and/or rear installation in the enclosure Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 2 Vertical extrusions Mounting material ACT ,6 32,5 17,5 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set set set set set set set Metric ACT ,5 6 metric set 9 metric set 12 metric set 15 metric set 18 metric set 21 metric set 24 metric set ACT00028 ConAct Sheet Steel Door - For use instead of glass door Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey Flat packed kit Note In project cases we also deliver our ConAct wall enclosure with sheet steel door. Please contact us at your leisure. ACT Steel door Mounting material W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit ACT

108 19 WALL ENCLOSURE ConAct Top Cover/Bottom Cover with Active Ventilation Unit With thermostat ACT Can be used instead of the standard top cover/bottom cover - With thermostat for regulating the internal temperature for forced ventilation - Airflow: 59 m 3 /h per fan - With cable entry via brush strip - No loss of installation height - Easily accessible for service work via flange panel Material / Finish Sheet steel, powder-coated Fan technical data - Volume flow, free blowing: 59 m 3 /h per fan - Noise, free blowing: 35 db(a) per fan Technical data, thermostat - Setting range: C - Mains supply: 230 V / 50 Hz - Contact type: Changeover contact with snap action characteristic - Contact rating: 10 A (4) 250 CAC (break), 5 A (2) 250 VAC (make) - Interference suppression level: N (in accordance with VDE 0875) - Connections: 4-pin terminal, 2.5 mm 2 Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Cover 1 Ventilation unit with 2 fans, ready for connection, cabled with thermostat ACT00041 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set set set ConAct Earthing Set - For earthing all covers on the enclosure frame 5 Earth conductors, 6 mm 2 Mounting material W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set ACT00026 ConAct Cable Clamping Rail - For cable clamping using U-clamps, cable clamping bar or hammer head threaded plate - For mounting on rear panel Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 1 Cable clamping rail Mounting material MIR00641 Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set ACT00006_A 4.8

109 10 / 19 WALL ENCLOSURE SoHo Small Office - Home Office Network Wall Enclosure 4.10 to

110 10 / 19 WALL ENCLOSURE Network Wall Enclosure SoHo Wall Enclosure Strong points SOHO Strong points 4.10 SOHO Wall Enclosure 4.11 SOHO Accessories Mounting Panel 4.12 Earthing Set 4.12 Earthing Bar 4.12 Contact Clamp Blanking Plate Cable Port Shelf Socket Strip ACT ACT ACT User-friendly access from 2 sides with removable covers 2 For mounting 19 or 10 components 3 ACT Easy cable management with cable ports and cable clamping integrated in the top cover/ bottom cover 4 Fixing option for non-standard components using an additional mounting panel 4 ACT

111 10 / 19 WALL ENCLOSURE SoHo Wall Enclosure, 10 / 19 - For mounting 10 components (horizontal) or 19 components (vertical) - Removable covers Material Sheet steel covers Side door, sheet steel or with single safety glass panel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 Main unit with 10 /19 mounting frame, brush strip on the bottom cover and top cover for cable entry 1 Side panel, screwed 1 Front panel, hinged on both sides 1 Side door, lockable ACT20048 Fully assembled W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP (5) with steel door unit (5) with steel door unit (5) with glass door unit (5) with glass door unit ACT20030 ACT20042 SoHo Earthing Set - For earthing all covers on the enclosure 3 Earth conductors Flat packed kit ACT20039 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set ACT

112 10 / 19 WALL ENCLOSURE SoHo Mounting Panel - For mounting non-standard components - Fixing using cable ties, Velcro strips Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 1 Mounting panel Fixing screws ACT20049 Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit ACT20043 SoHo Earthing Bar - For safe earthing and equipotential bonding of equipment and installation components Material Electrolyte copper 1 Earthing bar 2 Brackets Mounting material W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set ELM00068 SoHo Contact Clamp - For secure connection of equipment and installation components with the earthing bar 20 Contact clamps W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP units DOP20016 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 4.12

113 10 / 19 WALL ENCLOSURE 10 Blanking Panel - For covering free front areas Material Sheet steel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey ACT Blanking panel Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit 10 Cable Routing Panel - For routing cables in the rack interior - With edge protector Material Sheet steel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey ACT Cable routing panel Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit 10 Cable Routing Board - For safe and orderly cable management of fibre optic and copper cables Material Sheet steel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey ACT Front panel 3 Cable routers Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 4.13

114 10 / 19 WALL ENCLOSURE 10 Shelf - Simple and quick assembly on 10 extrusions Material Sheet steel Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey ACT Shelf Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit 10 Compact Socket Strip Material / Finish Casing: closed sheet-steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Plastic parts: polyamide PA6 (UL 94 V0) Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC 1 Socket strip, with 3 sockets 2 Mounting brackets Flat packed kit ACT20034 L S n F1 F2 10 safe Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 4.14

115 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cabling Cable Management 5.2 to

116 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Management Cabling Cable Routing Board 5.5 Multifunctional Cable Routing Strut 5.7 Cable Routing 5.8 C-Shaped Runner 5.10 Cable Trough 5.13 Radial Limiter 5.14 Excess Cable Storage 5.16 Jumpering Bracket 5.18 Cable Routing Components 5.23 Velcro Strip 5.24 Cable Cantilever Girder

117 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Management Strong points It must be ensured when laying cables that every type of mechanical stress is avoided. Bending loads The bending radii may never be less than the values provided by the cable manufacturer in the respective data sheets. At points that bend too much, the electrical properties of the cable change and reduce the transmission bandwidths and ranges. If manufacturer specifications are not available, then the following rule of thumb applies: With loose cabling, at least 15 times the external cable diameter and with fixed cabling, at least 10 times the external cable diameter. MEC20064 Kink stress The most extreme bending loads can cause the cable to break. MEC20074 MEC20086 MEC20058 Tensile stress This is only determined by the copper cross-section of the conductor, as all other materials are too soft. The cable may not be stressed more than 50N/mm 2 (Cu cross-section) as otherwise the conductors are stretched and the cross-section is reduced. If higher pulling forces are required, then cables with additional strain relief elements must be used. Compressive stress Compressive stress is caused by loads bearing down from above, fixed clamping or sharp cable kinking and must always be avoided, as otherwise the loose cable structure changes and the electrical transmission properties are impaired. Torque strains (Twisting) These must never have an effect on the cable, as they drive the cable elements into one another and therefore impair the transmission properties. MEC20084 LIG

118 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Management Strong points 1 Different components for fibreglass and copper cables, especially the fastening options using Velcro strips and cable bundling using different coloured strips, guarantee transparent cable management, which is the optimum starting situation for an intelligent expansion of the network and for the highest standard of service convenience. 2 With all cable management components, special attention has been paid in ensuring that fixing can be made using Velcro strip cable ties. Velcro cable ties not only guarantee a stress-free fixing of the cable, but rather can also be released at any time and re-used again and again. Velcro cable ties are also extremely helpful for the installation engineer in providing pinch-free cable bundling, and also because they are so quick to apply. 1 MEC The storage of excess cable lengths is made separated from the patch fields, however in a position that is always easily accessible. Copper cable excess can be stored separate from fibreglass excess lengths within the Knürr rack systems. The copper cables are stored hanging on a side and the more sensitive fibreglass cables are stored flat in a front-accessible excess length drawer. 2 MEC MEC MEC MEC A closer look at the individual products reveals that some possess an inherent multitalent. The multifunctional cable routing strut, for example, not only provides the option of routing cables horizontally and vertically using Velcro ties or cable ties, but rather also allows numerous components to be mounted using screws and caged nuts. These caged nuts can also be shifted with room for play in a slot, so that every mounting dimension can be accommodated. The prescribed radii are preset with the radial limiter. These components ensure that neither a reduction of the transmission bandwidths and ranges nor a cable break occur. 4 MEC MEC

119 CABLE MANAGEMENT 19 Cable Routing Board, 1 HU MEC00110 Type 1 - For orderly cable routing - For safe and secure cable routing of copper and fibreglass cables Material / Finish Front panel, sheet steel, 1.5 mm Powder-coated, RAL7035 light-grey External dimensions Cable routing: Type 1: 55 x 22 mm, plastic Type 2: 95 x 32 mm, steel 1 19 Front panel 5 Cable routing boards Flat packed kit, preassembled Note Please also order front panel mounting material. MEC20014 Type 2 W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP 1 type unit 1 type unit MEC20150 MEC20103 Type 1 MEC20104 Type 2 19 Cable Routing Board, Flexible, 1 HU MEC For orderly cable routing - For safe and secure cable routing of copper and fibreglass cables Material / Finish Front panel, sheet steel, 1.5 mm Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Jumpering bracket, round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated External dimensions Cable routing: 1 HU: 82 x 43 mm 2 HU: 102 x 82 mm 1 Front panel 5 Cable routing boards Assembly material Flat-packed kit Note Please also order front panel mounting material. W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP unit unit MEC20076 MEC20102 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.5

120 CABLE MANAGEMENT Fibre Optic Cable Routing Board, 1 HU MEC For orderly cable routing - For safe and secure cable routing of fibre optic cables - Optionally with cover panels to protect the cables and as labeling option Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Powder-coated texture, RAL Cable routing board In units Note Please also order front panel mounting material and cover. W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP 1 Cable routing board unit Accessories: Cover unit MEC20058 MEC20105 Cable Routing Panel, 1 HU CUD For orderly cable management in the rack internal space - With edge protector Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Powder-coated texture, RAL Cable routing panel In units Note Please also order suitable front panel mounting material. W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP unit unit CUD00022 CUD00023 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.6

121 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Routing Strut MEC For mounting on the miracel/smaract basic rack and on the 19 extrusion - For cable clamping using Velcro strips, cable ties - For orderly cable management in the rack - For universal mounting option using caged nuts (all dimensions can be accommodated, as caged nuts are flexible) Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Cable routing strut Mounting material In units Note If required, please also order Velcro strip. W H D L Model For rack type Order no. UP Item 1 miracel unit Item 1 miracel unit Item 1 miracel unit Item 1 miracel unit MEC Item 2 miracel/smaract unit Item 2 miracel unit Item 3 miracel/smaract/dpr unit MIR00090 Multifunctional Strut - For routing cables with cable ties and for universal mounting option - Holes for mounting caged nuts - Distance between two multifunctional struts can be variably selected using T-slot - Installation on the extrusions of the rack frame or on the 19 extrusions, diagonal and lateral - Type A For universal application - Type B Especially for fixing cable ties, no threading required Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Finish Zinc-passivated Installation positions 1 on the basic rack on the depth 2 on the basic rack on the width 3 on the 19 extrusions on the width 4 on the 19 extrusions on the depth MIR Multifunctional strut W H D HU/U d Model For rack type Order no. UP 600 position 1 miracel unit 800 position 1 miracel unit 900 position 1 miracel unit 1000 position 1 miracel unit 600 position 2 miracel/smaract unit 800 position 2 miracel unit position 3 miracel/smaract/doubleprorack unit MIR position 4 miracel/smaract LAN unit position 4 miracel/smaract LAN unit position 4 miracel/smaract unit position 4 miracel/smaract unit 900/ position 4 miracel/smaract unit 5.7

122 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Trough - For orderly cable management in the miracel rack - Mounting cables using Velcro strips or cable ties - Combination possible as L, U or T unit Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated, powder-coated, RAL 7035, light grey 1 Cable trough Mounting material Flat packed kit Note If required, please also order Velcro strip. Dimensions L 150 x W 28 mm MEC20088 W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP 41 for rack type - miracel set 46 for rack type - miracel set MEC20067 Cascading - For orderly cable management and for cable clamping - Can be expanded Material / Finish Base plate: sheet steel, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Foam: polyethylene, anthracite 2 End plates with foam 3 Plates with foam on both sides Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20045 W H D Order no. UP set MEC20074 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.8

123 CABLE MANAGEMENT Assembly Crossbar MEC20136 Type 1 - For cable management with Velcro strips - Universal mounting options for installation accessories such as, socket strips, communications installation units, mounting panels, etc. - For lateral and diagonal installation Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, powder-coated texture, RAL Assembly crossbar In units Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W H D HU/U b1 b2 X Type Model Order no. UP Item 1: miracel unit Item 1: miracel unit Item 2: miracel/smaract unit Item 2: doubleprorack unit Type 2 MEC20137 MIR00094 MEC20120 Type 1 MEC20121 Type 2 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.9

124 CABLE MANAGEMENT C-Shaped Runner - For cable clamping using U-clamps or cable clamping bars Flat packed kit MIR00096 Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 C-shaped runner Mounting material Note Please also order U-clamps, cable clamping bars or threaded plates. W H D d L Model Order no. UP Item 1: miracel set Item. 1: miracel set Item 2: miracel set Item 2: miracel set Item 2: miracel set Item 3: miracel/smaract/doubleprorack set MIR Item 4: miracel/doubleprorack set Item 4: miracel/doubleprorack set MIR00090 C-Shaped Runner MIR For cable clamping using U-clamps - Cable clamping closer to access - Suitable for use in conjunction with cover with sliding top and fan cover Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 C-shaped runner Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Please also order U-clamps, cable clamping bars or threaded plates. W H D L Model Order no. UP set set MEC

125 CABLE MANAGEMENT Type 1 C-Shaped Runner Type 2 - For cable clamping using U-clamps or cable clamping bars. Mounting is made spacesaving between the extrusions of the basic rack. Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated 1 Extrusion rail Mounting material MEC00113 Flat packed kit W 2 Note Please also order U-clamps, cable clamping bars or threaded plates. W H D d L Model Order no. UP type 1 miracel unit type 1 miracel unit type 1 miracel unit type 1 miracel unit D type 1 miracel/smaract unit type 1 miracel/smaract unit 600/ / type 2 miracel/smaract unit MIR00525 Top-Mounting for Cable Trays MIR Mounting cable trays using C-shaped runners - Freely selectable positioning Material / Finish C-Shaped runner: Sheet steel, zinc-passivated Mounting bracket: Sheet steel, powered texture, RAL C-shaped runners 4 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Please order U-clamps, cable clamping bars or threaded plates. W H D Order no. UP set set set set MEC20034 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.11

126 CABLE MANAGEMENT U-Clamp - For strain relief and individual routing of cables and lines - Clamping range, 8-64 mm 1 U-clamp 1 Clamping saddle Flat packed kit MIR00096 W H D HU/U d L Clamping range Order no. UP 8-12 mm unit mm unit mm unit mm unit mm unit mm unit mm unit mm unit mm unit ELM00086 Cable Clamping Strip - For clipping to the C-shaped runner Material Polyamide, black 1 Set of 10 cable clamping strips Flat packed kit MEC00114 W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP units Threaded Plate, M5 - For use in conjunction with C-shaped runners Material / Finish Flat rolled steel, 4.0 mm, zinc-passivated 20 Threaded plates Flat packed kit MEC20051 W H D L Order no. UP set MEC

127 CABLE MANAGEMENT 19 Cable Trough - For orderly cable management in front of the 19 front - Mounting possible on the front panels - Cable fixing possible using Velcro strips 1 Cable trough In units MEC20049 Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Note Please also order suitable front panel mounting material and Velcro strip. W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP unit MEC20063 Cable Trough Between the Racks - For orderly cable management between linked racks - Mounting possible using Velcro strips 1 Cable trough Mounting material MEC20042 Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5mm Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Flat packed kit Note Please also order Velcro strip W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP unit MEC20119 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.13

128 CABLE MANAGEMENT Radial Limit - Various installation options available: - on the basic rack for cable clamping - on the 19 extrusion for cable rerouting and cable management - For use in conjunction with C-shaped runners (also order threaded plates!) Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Radial limit Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20090 W H D L Order no. UP set MEC20071 Radial Limit, 1 HU MEC For vertical cable rerouting from the patch area - The cables can be fixed with Velcro strips - Lateral use in conjunction with the cable duct is possible Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5mm, powder-coated texture, RAL Radial limit 1 Mounting panel Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP set MEC

129 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Duct, Side - For orderly cable routing - Use in conjunction with the front trim, pivots - Cable rerouting with radial limiter, 1 HU (optional) Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5mm Powder-coated texture, RAL Cable duct Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20135 W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP set MEC20151 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.15

130 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cu (Copper) Excess Cable Storage - For storing excess copper cables (or fibre optic cables) - For orderly cable management in the miracel rack - Can be expanded Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Excess cable holder Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20052 W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP for rack type - miracel set MEC Excess Fibre Optic Cable Drawer, 1HU MEC For excess fibre optic cable storage - Pull-out - Cable fixing possible using Velcro strips Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Powder-coated texture, RAL Main unit 1 Drawer Flat packed kit Note Please also order suitable front panel mounting material and Velcro strip. W H D Model Order no. UP set MEC20099 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.16

131 CABLE MANAGEMENT Excess Fibre Optic Cable Storage - For orderly cable management of fibre optic cables in the miracel rack (from W 800 mm) - For excess cable storage Material / Finish Base plate: powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 Cable holder: polyamide, black 1 Base plate 1 Cable holder Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20044 W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP set MEC20146 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.17

132 CABLE MANAGEMENT Jumpering Bracket, Universal MIR Can be used for extrusion spacing (from front), 123 mm and 73 mm - For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the external side of the 19 extrusion - Installation position freely selectable Material / Finish Round steel, d = 6 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Jumpering bracket In units Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W HU/U Model Order no. UP from 800 for rack type - miracel unit MEC20106 MEC20072 Jumpering Bracket, Rectangular MEC For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the external side of the 19 extrusion - Installation position freely selectable - For large cable volumes Material / Finish Round steel, d = 6 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Jumpering bracket, rectangular In units Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W Model Order no. UP from 800 for rack type - miracel unit MEC20107 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.18

133 CABLE MANAGEMENT Jumpering Bracket, Rectangular ELM For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the external side of the 19 extrusion - Installation position freely selectable Material / Finish Round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Jumpering bracket, rectangular In units Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. MEC20116 W H D HU/U Model Order no. UP from 700 miracel unit 600 smaract unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.19

134 CABLE MANAGEMENT Jumpering Bracket, Flexible For flexible and orderly cable management - Installation place and position freely selectable - Open version, no tedious cable looping Material / Finish Round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Jumpering bracket Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20035 W H D A a B b Model Order no. UP fig set fig set fig set MEC20065 MEC20108 Jumpering Bracket, Rectangular - For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the external lateral T-slot of the 19 extrusion - Installation position freely selectable 1 Jumpering bracket Flat packed kit ELM Material / Finish Round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W H T For rack type Order no. UP doubleprorack set ELM Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.20

135 CABLE MANAGEMENT Jumpering Bracket - For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping Material / Finish Round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Jumpering bracket Flat packed kit Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. MIR W H D Model Order no. UP 95 x 60 mm set MEC00122 Jumper Tiebar - Ideal for vertical routing and cable strain relief - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the external lateral T-slot of the 19 extrusion - Installation position freely selectable - From rack width 600 mm Material / Finish Round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated 2 Jumper tiebars Flat packed kit ELM Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP units ELM

136 CABLE MANAGEMENT Jumpering Bracket, Square MIR For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the external lateral T-slot of the 19 extrusion - Installation position freely selectable - From rack width 800 mm Finish Zinc-passivated, Zn 10c, white 1 Square jumpering bracket 86 W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP 86 x unit ELM00057 Jumpering Bracket, Vertical MIR For tidy and orderly cable management - Mounting on the mounting rail and on the side on the rack T-slot - Open version, no threading Material / Finish Round steel, d = 6 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Jumpering bracket In units Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP 218 x unit MEC00123 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.22

137 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Routing Ring ELM For tidy and orderly cable management - Open version, no tedious cable looping - Mounting on the T-slots of the vertical extrusions - Installation position freely selectable Material / Finish PA 6, GF 10, grey, UL 94-V1 5 Cable routing rings Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP 54 x 118 mm units ELM00026 Cable Routing Set MEC For tidy and orderly cable management - Dimensions: external, 61 mm x 42.5 mm internal, 52 mm x 23 mm Material / Finish PA 6, GF 30, grey, UL 94-V0 10 Cable routers Flat packed kit Note Please also order the appropriate mounting material. W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP 60 x 43 mm units Fibre Optic Cable Router LIG For safe and orderly cable management of fibre optic cables - With step-index extrusion of the slots to provide strain relief of the fibre optic cables - Mounting on the external side T-slot of the 19 extrusion Material PA UL 94 VO 1 Pair of fibre optic cable routers Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP pair LIG00021 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.23

138 10 CABLE MANAGEMENT Velcro Strip (in meters) - For stress-free mounting and bundling of copper and fibre optic cables - Velcro strip can be cut to any length required Material / Colour Black: One Wrap Fastener F.R.T., UL 94-V2 Blue: One Wrap Fastener 1 Meter or 25 meter Velcro strip MEC20048 Meter strips W H D L Model Order no. UP black meter blue meter black meters blue meters MEC20147 Velcro Strip with Plastic Eyelet - For mounting non-standard components - For bundling cables Material / Colour Polypropylene/polyamide, black 20 Velcro strip cable ties Flat packed kit W H D L Model Order no. UP set MEC20025 MEC20026 Cable Tie Clip ELM For tidy and orderly cable management - For fixing cable harnesses and cables with large cross section - Simple and quick mounting - For clipping into T-slots at any position - With detachable lock Material PA 6.6, black, UL 94-V0 20 units Flat packed kit ELM W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP units 5.24

139 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Clamping Frame MEC For orderly cable management - Open version, no threading - Cross-section for cable routing, variable with removable routing ribs - Can be expanded by adding on further cable clamping frames - Mounting optional lengthways or across the width Material Polypropylene, black 1 Cable clamping frame Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP unit ELM00024 Cable Cantilever Girder MEC Swing-out from the rear, therefore free access to the rear side - For simple mounting in rack/on the shelf; quick connecting to and disconnecting from shelf or rack with a spring clip - Guarantees defined and kink-free cable management - Minimum space requirement behind the pushed in shelves, 40 mm Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Cable cantilever girder Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU/U d W x L For rack type Order no. UP unit MEC20101 MEC00125 MEC00126 MEC00127 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.25

140 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Roller TEL For 19 racks and enclosures - Reduces the cable load on the chassis - Orders the cables - Prevents cable-sagging Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 1 Cable roller W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP unit TEL00051 Cable Clamping Bracket / Earthing Bracket CUD For 19 cable routing panel, 2 HU - For strain relief of cables and plug-type connections with cable ties Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Finish Zinc-passivated, Zn 10c, white 1 Earthing bracket Mounting material W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP unit CUD00024 Cable Clips - Conductive surface for good bond 100 cable clips CUD00026 W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP units Cable Clamping, Swing Frame - Absolutely recommended when using swing frame - For cable strain relief - For relief of plug-type connections - Prevents damage to the cable braided shielding 2 Mounting brackets 1 Extrusion rail Mounting material MIR W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP set MIR

141 65 CABLE MANAGEMENT Cable Duct ELM Ideal for orderly and covered cable management of jumper cables Material Hard PVC Finish Stone-grey, RAL Jumper cable duct with cover Mounting material W H D HU/U d L Model Order no. UP unit 107 ELM00052 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 5.27

142 EXPRESS ITEM Express item in 24 hours ex plant: With Knürr you are always ahead of the competition Rapid Service Express item Swift express delivery service, smooth ordering process, attractive pricing and a marketoriented offer that s Knürr reliability! Each express item that is marked accordingly in this catalogue, leaves our European central store 24 hours after your order is received. High-grade quality and standardised solutions that always leave you that decisive step ahead of the competition! Global sales offices where expert application technicians and sales engineers specifically apply themselves to your special requirements and personally advise you are also available for you around the world. Don t hesitate in using them to your advantage!

143 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES System Accessories 6.2 to

144 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Accessory Range 19 Shelf Products 6.3 Handle 6.7 Cable Management 6.7 Shelf Drawers Drawer 6.9 Shelf 6.9 Keyboard Drawer 6.12 Chassis Rail 6.14 Blanking Panel, Front Panel 6.16 Document Holder 6.19 Telescopic Slide 6.20 Mounting Material Overview 6.23 Mounting Kit 6.25 FP Mounting Kit 6.27 Spring Nut, Caged Nut 6.28 Screws 6.29 A 19 shelf range for five rack and enclosure ranges miracel, smaract, MaxLoad, doubleprorack, ConAct. High cost effectiveness with: Universal installation option Rapid installation using adjusting knobs Future-oriented construction: Cost-effective adjustment to new requirements using extension boards Same board size with full pull-out, part pull-out and fixed installation 6.2

145 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES MEC Shelf Fixed - With perforation to optimise air supply Material / Finish Sheet steel 1.0 mm, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021, dark-grey Load rating 500 N static per item 2 Mounting rails, incl. mounting bracket 1 Shelf board 1 Extension board (from L = 600) Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU d W x L For rack type Order no. UP x 300 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 300 miracel/smaract unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 600 miracel/smaract unit x 600 miracel/smaract unit x 600 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 600 miracel/smaract LAN unit X 600 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit X 600 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 600 miracel 19 Server unit x 600 miracel 19 Server unit MEC x 500 miracel CW Stk x 500 miracel CW unit x 500 miracel CW Stk x 700 miracel CW unit x 700 miracel CW unit x 700 miracel CW unit x 800 miracel CW unit x 800 miracel CW unit x 500 smaract CW unit x 700 smaract CW unit x 800 smaract CW unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 300 doubleprorack LAN unit x 300 doubleprorack LAN unit x 600 doubleprorack LAN unit x 600 doubleprorack LAN unit x 300 doubleprorack, no door unit x 500 doubleprorack, no door unit x 500 doubleprorack, no door unit x 600 doubleprorack, no door unit x 600 doubleprorack, no door unit x 200 ConAct unit x 300 ConAct unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.3

146 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Shelf Part pull-out MEC With perforation to optimise air supply Material / Finish Sheet steel 1.0 mm, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey Load rating 500 N static per item 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Shelf board 1 Extension board (from L = 600) Mounting material Flat packed kit B H D HU d W x L For rack type Order no. UP x 300 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 300 miracel/smaract unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 500 miracel/smaract unit x 500 miracel/smaract unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 600 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 600 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 600 miracel 19 Server unit x 600 miracel 19 Server unit x 500 miracel CW unit x 500 miracel CW Stk x 500 miracel CW unit / x 600 miracel CW unit / x 600 miracel CW unit / x 600 miracel CW unit MEC x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 300 doubleprorack LAN unit x 500 doubleprorack LAN unit x 500 doubleprorack LAN unit x 300 doubleprorack, no door unit x 500 doubleprorack, no door unit x 500 doubleprorack, no door unit x 500 doubleprorack, no door unit x 500 doubleprorack, no door unit x 300 ConAct unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.4

147 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Shelf Full pull-out - With perforation to optimise air supply Material / Finish Sheet steel 1.0 mm, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Shelf board 1 Extension board (from L = 600) Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC00462 Load rating 500 N static per item W H D HU d WxL For rack type Order no. UP x 300 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 300 miracel/smaract unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 500 miracel/smaract unit x 500 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 600 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 600 miracel 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit MEC20020 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.5

148 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Heavy-Duty Shelf Fixed MEC Surface area with perforation Material / Finish Sheet steel 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey Load rating 1000 N static for CW installation 1500 N static for 19 installation 1 Shelf fixed, screwable Mounting hardware Flat packed kit W H D HU d WxL For rack type Order no. UP x 460 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 460 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 460 miracel/smaract unit x 560 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 560 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 560 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 560 miracel 19 Server unit x 560 miracel 19 Server unit MEC x 536 miracel CW unit x 536 miracel CW unit x 536 miracel CW unit x 536 miracel CW unit x 560 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 560 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 560 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 560 MaxLoad 19 Server unit 19 Heavy-Duty Shelf Full pull-out MEC With perforation to optimise air supply - Locking in pushed-in and fully pulled-out position - Simple mounting with patented quick mounting system Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, powder-coated texture Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey Load rating 1200 N static 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Shelf board Mounting material Flat packed kit MEC20113 W H D HU d WxL For rack type Order no. UP x 360 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 360 miracel/smaract unit x 560 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 560 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 560 miracel/smaract unit x 560 miracel/smaract unit x 660 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 660 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 660 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 660 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 660 miracel 19 Server unit x 660 miracel 19 Server unit Continued on next page 6.6

149 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES W H D HU d WxL For rack type Order no. UP x 560 miracel LW unit x 560 miracel LW unit x 660 miracel LW unit x 660 miracel LW unit x 560 smaract LW unit x 660 smaract LW unit x 660 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 660 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 660 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 660 MaxLoad 19 Server unit Handle - Suitable for shelves and heavy-duty shelves - With internal thread, M5 Material Die-cast aluminium consoles Handle extrusions of extruded aluminium Caps of ABS UL 94 HB Finish Handle, powder-coated, grey-blue, RAL 5008 / Cap, light-grey, RAL Handles MEC20138 W H D HU d W x L For rack type Order no. UP set MEC20111 Cable Cantilever Girder MEC Swing-out from the rear, therefore free access to the rear side - For simple mounting in rack/on the shelf; quick connecting to and disconnecting from shelf or rack with a spring clip - Guarantees defined and kink-free cable management - Minimum space requirement behind the pushed-in shelves, 40 mm Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated 1 Cable cantilever girder 5 Velcro strips Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU d W x L For rack type Order no. UP unit MEC20115 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound MEC00125 MEC00126 MEC

150 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Shelf, 2 HU/U Fixed MIR For installation in racks with fixed 19 installation on the front - Simple and quick mounting on 19 extrusions - Also for swing frame in the 19 rack and 19 enclosure Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Load rating 200 N static 1 Shelf, fixed Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D W x L For rack type Order no. UP /800/900/ x 280 miracel/smaract unit /800/900/ x 380 miracel/smaract unit / x 280 MaxLoad unit / x 380 MaxLoad unit /600/ x 280 doubleprorack unit /600/ x 380 doubleprorack unit MIR /500/ x 280 ConAct unit / x 380 ConAct unit MIR Shelf, 2 HU/U Adjustable - For installation in racks with adjustable 19 installation on the front - Simple and quick mounting on 19 extrusions - Also for swing frame in the 19 rack and 19 enclosure - Adjustable in increments of 25 mm in the depth Material / Finish Sheet steel 1.5 mm, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035 light-grey Load rating 200 N static Flat packed kit W H D W x L For rack type Order no. UP /800/900/ x 280 miracel/smaract unit /800/900/ x 380 miracel/smaract unit /800/ x 480 miracel/smaract unit / x 280 MaxLoad unit / x 380 MaxLoad unit / x 480 MaxLoad unit /600/ x 280 doubleprorack unit /600/ x 380 doubleprorack unit / x 480 doubleprorack unit MIR00103 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item /500/ x 280 ConAct unit / x 380 ConAct unit x 480 ConAct unit Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.8

151 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES SCH Drawer Installation on the front - For installation on the front 19 extrusions - For storing service documents - Simple and quick mounting Material / Finish Drawer, sheet steel 1.0 mm, powder-coated texture Telescopic slides, sendzimir zinc-coated Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021, dark-grey Load rating 150 N static 1 19 Drawer with lock, including key 1 Pair of telescopic slides Mounting material Preassembled W H D HU For rack type Order no. UP miracel/smaract/maxload/doubleprorack/conact unit miracel/smaract/maxload/doubleprorack/conact unit miracel/smaract/maxload/doubleprorack/conact unit miracel/smaract/maxload/doubleprorack/conact unit SCH Shelf, 1 HU Pull-out MEC With handle - Can also be used as writing board Material / Finish Shelf, sheet steel, 1.0 mm Telescopic slide, cold rolled steel Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture RAL 7035 light-grey Load rating 200 N static 1 Shelf 1 Pair of telescopic slides Mounting material Preassembled W H D HU d W x L For rack type Order no. UP x 400 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 400 miracel/smaract unit x 600 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 600 miracel/smaract unit x 600 miracel/smaract LAN unit x 600 miracel/smaract 19 Server unit x 600 miracel 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit x 600 MaxLoad 19 Server unit MEC x 400 doubleprorack LAN unit x 600 doubleprorack LAN unit 6.9

152 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Drawer with Lock Mounting on 19 installation, front and rear SCH For mounting in racks with fixed 19 installation on the front and rear - Full pull-out Material / Finish Drawer, sheet steel 1.0 mm, powder-coated texture Telescopic slides, cold rolled steel, sendzimir zinc-coated Colour Drawer, RAL7035, light-grey Load rating 1 HU -200 N static 2 HU N static 3 HU N static 4 HU N static 1 19 Drawer with lock, including key 1 Pair of telescopic slides Mounting hardware Preassembled W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract LAN unit SCH miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit Continued on next page Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.10

153 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES B H T HE/U t L für Schranktyp Bestell-Nr. VE doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit doubleprorack 19, no door unit Writing Board For 19 drawer with lock SCH For drawer depth 400 mm and 600 mm Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, powder-coated texture Colour RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Writing board Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP unit unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.11

154 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U For 19 keyboard SCH With hand support - With cable strain relief Material Main unit, sheet steel, 1.0 mm Front panel, sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 19 keyboard drawer, 1 HU 1 Pair of telescopic slides Velcro strip for keyboard mounting Mounting material Preassembled W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit SCH doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit 19 Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U Without extension for PC mouse MEC With hand support Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.25 mm Hand support, sponge rubber Dimensions Useable storage surface: dimensions without hand support W 372 mm x D 209 mm x H 32 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Keyboard drawer 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Hand support Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Keyboard not included in supply schedule Not for rack depth D 600 W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP /900 1 miracel/smaract/maxload unit 19 Compact Keyboard IBM-compatible keyboard with trackball - Suitable for keyboard drawer Flat keyboard with 84 keys and integrated trackball Dimensions Length x width x height 370 x x 20 mm VHP00155 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Electrical data - Power supply +5 V/DC max. 18 ma - Mains cable (1.6 m) with tapping for two 6-pin mini DIN plugs (PS/2) - For Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP W H S HU A1 A2 Pmax Model Order no. UP German unit Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.12

155 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U With extension for PC mouse MEC With hand support - Mouse surface optionally right/left pull-out - Storage drawer for PC mouse Dimensions Useable storage surface: dimensions without hand support W 372 mm x D 209 mm x H 32 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Keyboard drawer 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Hand support Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Keyboard not included in supply schedule Not for rack depth D 600 W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP /900 1 miracel/smaract/maxload unit Compact Keyboard VHP Suitable for keyboard drawer Flat compact keyboard with 86 keys for AT and PS/2 systems - Low space requirement and low weight - Ideal for portable and 19 systems - High reliability with gold crosspoint contacts - For Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP Electrical data - Power supply V/DC max. 10 ma - Mains cable (1.7 m), mini DIN plug (PS/2) Dimensions Length x width x height x x 24 mm W H S HU A1 A2 Pmax Model Order no. UP German unit MEC Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U For touchpad keyboard - With hand support Dimensions Useable storage surface: dimensions without hand support, W 418 mm x D 263 mm x H 32 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Keyboard drawer 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Hand support Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Keyboard not included in supply schedule Not for rack depth D 600 W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP /900 1 miracel/smaract/maxload unit 19 Compact Keyboard Flat, IBM-compatible keyboard with integrated touchpad VHP Suitable for keyboard drawer Model with 105 keys - Integrated mouse function Electrical data - Power supply +5 V/DC max. 18 ma - Connection cable: (1.8 m) round cable with tapping for two 6-pin mini DIN plugs (PS/2) - For Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP Dimensions Length x width x height 415 x 193 x 35.5 mm W H S HU A1 A2 Pmax Model Order no. UP German unit 6.13

156 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Chassis Rail Screw-on MEC For installation in 19 rack and enclosure - For heavy components Material Extruded aluminium, 2.0 mm Finish Polished 1 Chassis rail Load rating 500 N static per item Note When selecting the chassis rail, please note the chassis depth d of the rack or enclosure When mounting on the T-slot, please also order M5 spring nut: (set of 50 units). TEM00066 W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit MaxLoad 19 Server unit doubleprorack LAN unit MEC conact pair conact pair TEM00068 Chassis Rail For swing frame - Mounting on the front vertical extrusions Material Extruded aluminium, 2.0 mm Finish Polished Load rating 200 N static per item 1 Chassis rail Note When selecting the chassis rail, please note the chassis depth d of the rack or enclosure W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP 600/ miracel unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.14

157 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES TEL00157 Universal Chassis Rail Screw-on - For installation in 19 rack and enclosure Finish Zinc-passivated, yellow chrome-plated Material Sheet steel, 1.25 mm, zinc-passivated Load rating 120 N static per item 2 Chassis rails Mounting material Flat packed kit Note When selecting the chassis rail, please note the chassis depth d of the rack or enclosure MEC20114 W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract pair miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract pair miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract 19 Server pair doubleprorack 19, no door pair doubleprorack LAN pair doubleprorack 19, no door pair doubleprorack LAN pair doubleprorack 19, no door pair Chassis Rail Hang-on MIR Quick and simple mounting - Only for installation in miracel racks Material Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Finish Zinc-passivated, yellow chrome-plated Load rating 200 N static per item 1 Chassis rail Note When selecting the chassis rail, please note the chassis depth d of the rack or enclosure W H D HU d L For rack type Order no. UP miracel LAN unit miracel LAN unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.15

158 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Blanking Panel CUD For covering free front areas Material Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Finish Final digit of order number.1: Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: Powder-coated texture, RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 19 blanking panel In units Note Please also order front panel mounting material. CUD00004 W H D HU Model Order no. UP powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit FRO Front Panel Aluminium 4 mm Material / Finish Final digit of order number.0: AlMg3 - F23 polished with lamination sheet Final digit of order number.1: AlMg3 - F23, powder-coated RAL 7035 Final digit of order number.6: AlMg3 - F23 EB (anodising-capable), anodised E6/EV Front panel In units Note Please also order front panel mounting material. H X Y HU Model Order no. UP polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit MEC20109 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.16

159 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES FR Front Panel Aluminium 3 mm Material / Finish Final digit of order number.0: AlMg3 - F23 polished with lamination sheet Final digit of order number.1: AlMg3 - F23, powder-coated RAL 7035 Final digit of order number.6: AlMg3 - F23 EB (anodising-capable), anodised E6/EV Front panel In units Note Please also order front panel mounting material. H X Y HU Model Order no. UP polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit polished unit MEC powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit powder-coated unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.17

160 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Ventilation Front Panel LUF For additional ventilation of 19 racks and 19 pedestals in accordance with IEC 297 Material Aluminium Finish - Final digit of order number.1: powder-coated, light-grey RAL Final digit of order number.6: colourless, anodised E6 / EV 1 1 Ventilation front panel In units Note Please also order front panel mounting material. H X Y HU Model Order no. UP anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit anodised unit MEC Front Panel Pivots - With 19 adapter and hinge Material Aluminium 4 mm Finish Anodised 1 Front panel, hinged 1 19 adapter 1 Hinge Flat packed kit Note Please also order front panel mounting material. FRO00007 W H D HU Model Order no. UP 3 anodised unit 6 anodised unit FR Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.18

161 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 19 Front Ventilation Panel LUF For additional ventilation of 19 racks and 19 pedestals in accordance with IEC 297 Material / Finish - Final digit of order number.1: ABS (UL 94 V0), light-grey RAL Final digit of order number.9: ABS (UL 94 V0), dark-grey RAL Front ventilation panel 2 Connection holders Flat packed kit Note Please also order front panel mounting material. W H D HU Model Order no. UP unit unit LUF00093 MEC20144 Trim Filter For 19 front ventilation panel - For use in conjunction with the 19 front ventilation panel Material / Finish Filter fibres and screen cloth 1 Panel filter Mounting material Flat packed kit W H D HU Model Order no. UP unit MEC20149 Document Holder - Self-adhesive, use 6 mm bore holes with higher stresses - For DIN A4 documents Material High-impact PS Colour Grey 1 Document holder W L D Order no. UP unit MEC20027 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.19

162 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Ball Bearing Telescopic Slide, BP-400-LR Part pull-out D d ml(n)a W C D E F G H I K For rack type Order no. 1 Order no. 2 UP miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract pair miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract pair miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract 19 Server pair doubleprorack 19. no door pair doubleprorack LAN pair doubleprorack IP pair doubleprorack 19. no door pair doubleprorack 19. no door pair doubleproracklan pair doubleprorack IP pair TEL /4 pull-out, two-part - Locking in pulled-out position (friction lock) - Quick mechanism for removing and connecting chassis without tools Material Cold rolled steel Finish Sendizimir zinc-passivated 1 Pair of telescopic slides Flat-packed kit Note Please also order assembly kit, order number TEL20003 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth WxL = Surface area L = Length CW = Clear width = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound ml(n) = Load rating/pair A = Installation length B = Pull-out length Order number 1 = Installation position 1 Order number 2 = Installation position

163 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Ball Bearing Telescopic Slide, BF-480-FLR Full pull-out D d ml(n)a B C D E F G H I K For rack type Order no. 1 Order no. 2 UP miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract pair miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract pair miracel/smaract LAN pair miracel/smaract 19 Server pair doubleprorack 19. no door pair doubleprorack LAN pair doubleprorack IP pair doubleprorack 19. no door pair doubleprorack 19. no door pair doubleprorack LAN pair doubleprorack IP pair TEL Full pull-out, three-part - Locking in pulled-out position (form lock) - Quick separation mechanism for removing and disconnecting chassis without tools Material Cold rolled steel Finish Sendizimir zinc-passivated Load rating N static per slide pair depending on length 1 Pair of telescopic slides Flat-packed kit Note Please also order assembly kit, order number TEL20011 Stop Spring for Ball Bearing Telescopic Slide - Simple and quick conversion from form lock to friction lock and vice versa - Conversion also possible at any later stage Set with 10 units Material Spring steel W H D HU Model Order no. UP Form lock units Friction lock units TEL20010 Assembly Kit for Ball Bearing Slides - For simple and quick assembly of telescopic slides, BP-400-LR and BF-480-FLR Material Zincorium plate, 1.5 mm 4 Mounting brackets Mounting material Flat packed kit TEL00012 W H D HU Model Order no. UP Form lock set 6.21

164 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Solid Bearing Telescopic Slide, C-300-S D d ml(n) A B C D E Bore holes For rack type Order no. UP TEL For use with special environmental conditions (dust, cold, heat) - Full pull-out, three-part - Locking in full pull-out position - Quick separation mechanism for removing and disconnecting chassis without tools N load capacity per slide pair Material Cold rolled steel Finish Poxylube 500 M 1 Pair of telescopic slides Flat packed kit TEL00175 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.22

165 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES The compatible mounting kit for every rack type miracel miracel miracel miracel smaract smaract smaract double- double- T-slot Mount. holes Server Swing frame T-slot Mount. holesserver MaxLoad prorack prorack ConAct SoHo T-slot Mount. holes Description Order no. UP Mounting kit set T-slot, M5 wide Mounting kit set Mount. holes, M5/BI 1.5 Mounting kit set Mount. holes, M5/BI 2.5 Mounting kit set dpr T-slot, M5 narrow Mounting kit set dpr Mount. holes,m5 Mounting kit set ConAct M5 The compatible mounting kit for front panel mounting Model: Z-form screw miracel miracel miracel miracel smaract smaract smaract double- double- T-slot Mount. holes Server Swing frame T-slot Mount. holesserver MaxLoad prorack prorack ConAct SoHo T-slot Mount. holes Description Order no. UP FP mounting kit set T-slot, M5 wide FP mounting kit set Mount. holes, M5/BI 1.5 FP mounting kit set Mount. holes, M5/BI 2.5 FP mounting kit set T-slot, M5 narrow Model: Countersunk screw+rosette miracel miracel miracel miracel smaract smaract smaract double- double- T-slot Mount. holes Server Swing frame T-slot Mount. holesserver MaxLoad prorack prorack ConAct SoHo T-slot Mount. holes Description Order no. UP FP mounting kit set T-slot, M5 wide FP mounting kit set Mount. holes, M5/BI 1.5 FP mounting kit set Mount. holes, M5/BI 2.5 FP mounting kit set T-slot, M5 narrow Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.23

166 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES The compatible accessories for every rack type miracel miracel miracel miracel smaract smaract smaract double- double- T-slot Mount. holes Server Swing frame T-slot Mount. holesserver MaxLoad prorack prorack ConAct SoHo T-slot Mount. holes Description Order no. UP Spring nut set M5 wide Spring nut set M5 narrow Spring nut set M6 Caged nut set M5/BI 1.5 Caged nut set M5/BI 2.5 Oval head screw set Z form, M5 x 10 Oval head screw set Z-form, M5 x 16 Countersunk screw set M5 x 12 + rosette Countersunk screw set M5 x 16+ rosette Mounting Tool for Caged Nut - Makes clipping the caged nut into the extrusion easier Material Spring steel 1 Mounting tool MIR00114 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.24

167 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES T-Slot Mounting Kit, M5, Wide For miracel / smaract - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components 100 spring nuts M5, wide 100 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x caged nuts, M5 / plate, 1.5 mm 20 cylinder screws, M5 x 8 Flat packed kit MEC20125 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Mounting Holes Mounting Kit, M5 / Plate, 1.5 mm For miracel / smaract - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components 100 caged nuts M5 / plate, 1.5 mm 100 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x spring nuts, M5 wide 20 cylinder screws, M5 x 8 Flat packed kit MEC20126 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Mounting Holes-Server Extrusion Mounting Kit, M5 / Plate, 2.5 mm For miracel / smaract - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components 100 caged nuts M5 / plate, 2.5 mm 100 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x spring nuts, M5 wide 20 cylinder screws, M5 x 8 Flat packed kit MEC20126 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.25

168 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES T-Slot Mounting Kit, M5, Narrow For doubleprorack - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components 150 spring nuts, M5 narrow 50 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x cylinder screws, M5 x 10 Flat packed kit MEC20127 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Mounting Holes Mounting Kit, M5 For doubleprorack - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components 100 caged nuts M5 / plate, 2.5 mm 50 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x spring nuts, M5 narrow 40 cylinder screws, M5 x 10 Flat packed kit MEC20126 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Mounting Holes Mounting Kit, M5 For ConAct - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components 50 caged nuts, M5 / plate, 1.5 mm 50 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x cylinder screws, M5 x 8 25 locking nuts, M5 Flat packed kit MEC20096 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item S = Switch n = Number of sockets F1 = Standard side panel F2 = Design side panel 19 = Suitable for 19 components safe = Child-safe Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.26

169 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Type 1 Front Panel Mounting Kit, T-Slot, M5, Wide For miracel / smaract MEC20129 Type 2 - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components Type 1: 50 spring nuts, M5 wide 50 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x 10 Type 2: 50 spring nuts, M5 wide 50 countersunk screws, M5 x rosettes Flat packed kit W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: Z-form screw set Type 2: Screw+rosette set MEC20130 Type 1 Front Panel Mounting Kit, Mounting Holes, M5/Plate, 1.5 mm For miracel / smaract / ConAct / SoHo MEC20098 Type 2 - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components Type 1: 50 caged nuts, M5 / plate 1.5 mm 50 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x 16 Type 2: 50 caged nuts, M5 / plate, 1.5 mm 50 countersunk screws, M5 x rosettes Flat packed kit W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: Z-form screw set Type 2: Screw+rosette set MEC20097 Type 1 Front Panel Mounting Kit, Mounting Holes, M5/Plate, 2.5 mm For miracel / smaract / MaxLoad / doubleprorack MEC20098 Type 2 - For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components Type 1: 50 caged nuts, M5 / plate 2.5 mm 50 oval head screws, Z form, M5 x 16 Type 2: 50 caged nuts, M5 / plate, 2.5 mm 50 countersunk screws, M5 x rosettes Flat packed kit W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: Z-form screw set Type 2: Screw+rosette set MEC

170 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Type 1 Front Panel Mounting Kit, T-Slot, M5, Narrow For doubleprorack MEC For mounting 19 front panels and 19 components Type 1: 50 spring nuts, M5 narrow 50 oval head screws, Z-form, M5 x 10 Type 2: 50 caged nuts, M5 narrow 50 countersunk screws, M5 x rosettes Type 2 Flat packed kit W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: Z-form screw set Type 2: Screw+rosette set MEC20130 Spring Nut MEC For clipping into T-slots at any position Type 1: M5 wide For miracel / smaract Type 2: M5 narrow For doubleprorack Type 3: M6 For miracel / smaract 50 Spring nuts Flat packed kit W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: M5 wide set Type 2: M5 narrow set Type 3: M set Caged Nut MEC For clipping into extrusions with mounting holes Type 1: M5 / plate, 1.5 mm For miracel / smaract / ConAct / SoHo Type 2: M5 / plate, 2.5 mm For miracel Server / smaract Server / MaxLoad / doubleprorack mounting holes 50 Caged nuts Flat packed kit W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: M5 / plate, 1.5 mm set Type 2: M5 / plate, 2.5 mm set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item S = Switch n = Number of sockets F1 = Standard side panel F2 = Design side panel 19 = Suitable for 19 components safe = Child-safe Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.28

171 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Oval Head Screw - IEC DIN 967 Type 1: M5 x 10 Type 2: M5 x Oval head screws, Z-form Flat packed kit MEC20140 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: M5 x set Type 2: M5 x set Countersunk Screw + Rosette - IEC DIN EN ISO 7047 Type 1: M5 x 12 Type 2: M5 x Countersunk screws 50 Rosettes Flat packed kit MEC20141 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP Type 1: M5 x set Type 2: M5 x set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item S = Switch n = Number of sockets F1 = Standard side panel F2 = Design side panel 19 = Suitable for 19 components safe = Child-safe Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.29

172 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Oval Head Screw With phillips head - IEC DIN EN ISO Set of 50 units MEC00014 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP 5 M 2.5 no washer set 8 M 2.5 no washer set 6 M 3 no washer set 6 M 4 no washer set 8 M 4 no washer set 8 M 5 no washer set 12 M 4 no washer set 12 M 5 + washer set 16 M 5 + washer set 16 M 6 + washer set Cylinder Screw With hexagon head - IEC ISO 4762 (modified) 1 Set of 50 units MEC00013 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP 6 M set 8 M set 8 M 5 microencapsulated set Cylinder Screw With hexagon head - DIN Set of 50 units MEC00013 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP 10 M set Tensiloc Nut Material Steel nickel-plated 1 Set of 50 units MEC20021 W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP M set Hexagon Head Screw With contact washer, M 4 x 12 - IEC DIN EN For mounting cross extrusions 19 Modular chassis 1 Set of 50 units W H D HU d L Model Order no. UP set Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item S = Switch n = Number of sockets F1 = Standard side panel F2 = Design side panel 19 = Suitable for 19 components safe = Child-safe Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 6.30

173 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Socket Strips 7.2 to

174 SOCKET STRIPS Socket Strips DI-STRIP Strong points 7.3 DI-STRIP TriplePower 7.6 Classic 7.8 Compact 7.9 Protector DOS00291 Cleaner 7.12 Safety Basic 7.13 Safety Standard 7.14 Master-Slave 7.15 Combi 7.16 GST18, 1-phase 7.17 GST18, 3-phase 7.19 DI-STRIP Euro Plug System DOS00312 DI-STRIP For France DI-STRIP For Switzerland 7.35 DI-STRIP For USA HU = mm 465 mm 483 mm Serimat Classic DOS DOS00365 Compact 7.40 Classic Black Line 7.41 Note You will find more information on DI-STRIP at: 7.2

175 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Strong points 1 Robust! 7 Aesthetics Plug field protected with raised casing edges 2 Stability High stability and torsional strength provided through closed sheet steel casing 8 Appealing design with extruded housing and design side panels in visible area. Cost-conscious Simple and quick mounting on the rack extrusion. 5 DOS Electrical Safety Full power for all connected consumers due to full-length brass busbar Shock hazard-proof and low contact resistance with double spring contacts 9 10 Universal 1 and 3-phase systems. Modularity Socket strip modules can be easily combined using plug-in connections Installation Optimal use of space with 19 installation: - With low height, 1 HU (44.45 mm) - With 45 positioning of the sockets 10 Plug-in Proven GST18 plug-in system for connecting socket strip modules. 6 DOS International compatibility Numerous standard products in accordance with international norms and standards. Special models on request. 6 Flexibility Plenty of room for movement with 2.5 m power supply cable. Flexibility provided by standard plug with dual earthing system. 7 DOS DOS DOS DOS DOS

176 SOCKET STRIPS Standard DIN Euro Plug System IEC 320 DI-STRIP Classic Serimat Classic Serimat Classic Black Line - Socket spacing: 100 mm - With/without switch Page 7.8 / Page 7.40 / Page 7.41 DOS00402 DOS00348 DI-STRIP Compact Serimat Compact - Socket spacing: 50 mm - With/without switch Page 7.9 / Page Page DOS00401 DOS00457 DOS00710 DI-STRIP Protector - User protection (FI) - Circuit breaker (LS) - User protection and circuit breaker (FI/LS) Page DOS00394 DI-STRIP Protector Emergency STOP - User protection / circuit breaker (FI/LS) - With emergency stop switch Page DOS00455 DI-STRIP Power Cleaner - Mains filter (MF) Page Page DOS00400 DOS20108 DI-STRIP Safety Basic DI-STRIP Safety Standard - Overvoltage protection Page Page DOS00397 DOS20110 DI-STRIP Master Slave - Automatic consumer switching Page DOS00396 DI-STRIP Combi - Automatic consumer switching with overvoltage protection and mains filter Page 7.16 DOS00399 DI-STRIP GST18 Compact/Master Slave/Safety Basic/Safety Standard/IEC320 - Without cable for GST18 plug-in system (Wieland) Page 7.17 Page 7.18 DOS00679 DOS20112 GST18 accessories Page

177 SOCKET STRIPS UTE Standard Swiss Standard USA Standard Three-Phase Current Plug-In System Page 7.24 Page 7.35 Page 7.38 DOS00402 DOS00717 DOS00685 Page Page Page Page DOS00401 DOS20074 DOS00686 DOS20121 Page Page 7.37 DOS20065 Page DOS00719 DOS20059 Page DOS00400 Page Page Page DOS00397 DOS00720 DOS00687 Page DOS00464 Page 7.32 DOS00399 Page 7.33 Page 7.19 DOS00463 Page 7.34 DOS

178 SOCKET STRIPS New: Three Phase DI-STRIP TriplePower The TriplePower name reflects the performance of our latest development. The DI-STRIP TriplePower supplies network racks with three times the normal power. This requirement is generated by the increasingly greater packing densities and the constantly rising energy requirements in racks, which are often caused by aptly named Blade Servers or 1 HU Pizza Servers, more than 40 of which can be integrated into a Knürr miracel rack. The DI-STRIP TriplePower uses a classic 3-phase feed with 3x16A, which it optimally distributes throughout the whole rack. The 23 HU and 41 HU standard lengths cover the entire rack height range of the Knürr rack families, smaract 2 and miracel. In the maximum configuration level, up to 48 users can be connected to a DI-STRIP TriplePower (Euro socket strip). With redundant feed, 96A can consequently be provided in a 19 rack with only two DI-STRIP TriplePower. Note You will find more information on TriplePower at: DOS20149 DOS

179 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP TriplePower Strong points DOS DOS Cost-conscious Simple and quick mounting on the rack extrusion. Costs reduction with regard to mounting and wiring. Feed - 3x16A as standard - Ideal for implementing redundancies (e.g. 96 A) At a glance Colour coding of phase assignment (L1, L2, L3). 4 Installation Optimum distribution over the entire rack height (23 HU and 41 HU). Technical alternatives - For 3-phase GST18 system (see page 7.19). 2 DOS DOS20129 DI-STRIP TriplePower Euro Plug-In System, IEC 320 With cable DOS With 3-way Euro combinations of IEC 320 sockets - Cable: H05VV-F 5G 2.5 mm 2 - Cable: 2.5 m - Simple mounting on the rack extrusion - 3x16A feed as standard - Ideal for implementing redundancies (e.g. 96 A with redundant feed) - Colour coding of the phase assignment - Optimum distribution over the entire rack height (23 HU and 41 HU) - Alternative to 3-phase GST18 system (see page 7.19) Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 24 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Approvals CE label in accordance with low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG TÜV GS Certificate Colour Casing: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-grey Load rating 250/400 V, 3x16 A, 10 A Euro module Approval symbols for IEC way Euro combinations VDE, UL, CSA, SEV, SEMKO 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

180 SOCKET STRIPS DOS00403 DOS00260 DOS00261 With switch Without switch DI-STRIP Classic Standard DIN (VDE) - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 100 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.8 Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003

181 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Compact Standard DIN (VDE) DOS00401 DOS00262 DOS20020 L With switch With switch Without switch - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - 2 Versions: Standard side panel or Design side panel - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) DOS20021 DOS00263 With switch Without switch L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

182 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Protector FI Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20065 DOS00264 With fault current circuit breaker With fault current circuit breaker Protector FI RCCB for user protection - Prevents electrical and fire accidents with safe and rapid switching off - Activates with fault current, e.g. accidental contact of mains voltage-carrying parts with defective insulation - Residual operating current I = 10mA for alternating and intermittent fault direct current - Reaction time ms - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035 light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit DI-STRIP Protector LS Standard DIN (VDE) DOS00692 DOS00264 With circuit breaker With circuit breaker Protector circuit breaker - Circuit breaker for overload and short circuit - Protects cables and feeds with rapid switching off with short circuit and defined delayed cutoff with overload - Circuit breaker: 16 A - Tripping characteristic type B, 2-pole - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035 light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit 7.10 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

183 SOCKET STRIPS DOS00693 DOS00264 DI-STRIP Protector FI / LS Standard DIN (VDE) Protector FI / LS - RCCB and circuit breaker - Provides a combination of user, overload and short circuit protection - Residual operating current I = 30 ma for alternating and intermittent fault directcurrent - Circuit breaker 16 A - Tripping characteristic type B, 2-pole - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit DI-STRIP Protector Emergency STOP Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20059 DOS00486 DOS00487 Classic with emergency stop switch Protector with emergency stop switch - With 2-pole emergency stop switch for user protection - For protecting operating personnel - For manual emergency switch-off of connected equipment - Phase and neutral conductors are safely separated - Switch must be specifically unlocked to restart - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: Classic: 100 mm Compact: 50 mm Height: 101 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combinations Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035 light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP Compact unit Compact unit Classic unit Classic unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.11

184 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Protector Emergency Stop FI / LS Standard DIN (VDE) DOS00456 DOS With 2-pole emergency stop switch for user protection - For protecting operating personnel - For manual emergency switch-off of connected equipment - Phase and neutral conductors are safely separated - Switch must be specifically unlocked to restart - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: Compact: 50 mm Height: 101 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combinations Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035 light-grey Additional With 2-pole fault current switch and circuit breaker Provides a combination of user, overload and short circuit protection Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Power Cleaner Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20061 DOS With integrated mains filter - The integrated mains filter prevents, - high frequency disturbances from the mains affecting electronic equipment. - the transmission of disturbances from the equipment to the mains. - The mains filter meets the requirements of VDE and EN Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit 7.12 Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003

185 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Safety Basic Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20068 DOS00306 DOS00270 With overvoltage protection With overvoltage protection With overvoltage protection - With overvoltage protection - A combination of varistors and gas discharge arresters guarantee a rapid response and high discharge capacity - Simple but effective protection against indirect strikes and voltage spikes from the mains - Double protection: - 1. Up to max. surge current resistance, transient overvoltages are reduced to non-damaging values - 2. If the surge current resistance is exceeded, the connected equipment is separated from the mains to protect against further overvoltage spikes (the green function display goes off). The protection module must then be changed for further use. To increase the protection function, a coarse filter should be switched in advance in the building installation Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Technical data Mains voltage 230 VAC +/- 10 % Nominal current 16A Feature class: D (refined protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0675) Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 10 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 1200 V (L/N against PE) 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

186 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Safety Standard Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20069 DOS00307 DOS00271 With overvoltage protection and mains filter With overvoltage protection and mains filter - With overvoltage protection - With integrated mains filter - With lit switch, 2-pole switching - A combination of varistors and gas discharge arresters guarantee a rapid response and high discharge capacity - Simple but effective protection against indirect strikes and voltage spikes from the mains and high frequency disturbance signals - Overvoltage protection: - 1. Up to max. surge current resistance, transient overvoltages are reduced to non-damaging values - 2. If the surge current resistance is exceeded, the connected equipment is separated from the mains to protect against further overvoltage spikes (the green function display goes off). The protection module must then be changed for further use. To increase the protection function, a coarse filter should be switched in advance in the building installation. - Mains filter: - High-frequency disturbance signals are effectively eliminated by the low-pass mains filter - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Technical data Mains voltage 230 VAC +/- 10 % Nominal current 16A Feature class: D (refined protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0675) Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 10 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 1200 V (L/N against PE) Mains filter (high-stop): attenuation at 1MHz - 45 db 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.14 Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003

187 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Master-Slave Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20070 DOS00268 With master-slave module With master-slave module - If the master equipment is switched, the slave sockets are also switched (together, with a short delay to the master). Enables easy switching on and off of several difficult to access pieces of equipment. Switching thresholds can be set from outside via potentiometer. - Note: - Power consumption of the master equipment must be constantly over the switching-on threshold. When switching off the master equipment, the power consumption must fall below the switching-off threshold Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number 1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A Technical data Threshold setting range On: 20 ma ma (approx. 55 ma, supply status) Off: 16 ma ma (approx. 44 ma, supply status) Switching delay 550 ms +/- 20% Electronic module, 2-pole switching 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

188 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Combi Standard DIN (VDE) DOS00325 DOS00272 DOS00273 With master-slave overvoltage protection and mains filter With master-slave overvoltage protection and mains filter - Master-slave with overvoltage protection and mains filter - Automatic switching of equipment with integrated overvoltage protection and mains filter - Combines functions of the master-slave (page 7.15) and the safety standard (page 7.14) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035 light-grey Technical data Overvoltage protection and mains filter: Mains voltage: 230 VAC +/- 10 % Nominal current 16A Feature class: D (refined protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0675) Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 10 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 1500 V (L/N against PE) Mains filter (low-pass): attenuation at 1MHz - 45 db Master-slave function: Threshold setting range On: 20 ma ma (approx. 55 ma, supply status) Off: 16 ma ma (approx. 44 ma, supply status) Switching delay 550 ms +/- 20% Electronic module, 2-pole switching 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit 7.16 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

189 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP GST18 Plug System (Wieland) Compact Standard DIN (VDE) DOS20060 DOS00663 DOS20045 With switch - Quick and efficient plug connection system - Plug-in electro-installation in place of conventional wiring - Speed: - Due to simple plugging together of preconfigured elements - Flexibility: - Due to the cable (cable length) - Efficient: - Easy exchange of socket strips, without cabling expenses - Safety: - Due to plug system, all faulty installations are excluded - Space-saving: - Use of protection and switching functions can be extended to additional socket strips with no loss of plugging space by extending cable (maximum load rating of 16 A) Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A DOS20046 Without switch Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit with switch unit unit unit DI-STRIP Safety Basic With GST18 plug system - With overvoltage protection - Technical description, see page 7.13 DOS20072 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Safety Standard With GST18 plug system - With overvoltage protection, with integrated mains filter and lit switch - Technical description, see page 7.14 DOS20073 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Master Slave With GST18 plug system - Technical description, see page 7.15 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS

190 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP EURO Socket System IEC 320 With GST18 plug system DOS With 3-way Euro combinations of IEC 320 sockets - Without fuse protection Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG TÜV GS Certificate Colour Casing: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021, dark-grey Load rating 250 VAC/10 A DOS20107 Input Dimensions Socket spacing: 24 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Compliance symbols for IEC way Euro combinations VDE, UL, CSA, SEV, SEMKO 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS20106 Output for Further Cabling DI-STRIP Safety Basic Euro Socket System IEC 320 With GST18 plug system - With overvoltage protection - Technical description, see page 7.13 DOS20110 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Safety Standard With GST18 plug system - With overvoltage protection with integrated mains filter - Technical description, see page 7.14 DOS20109 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Power Cleaner With GST18 plug system - Technical description, see page 7.12 DOS20108 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit 7.18

191 SOCKET STRIPS New: 3-Phase in rack with GST18 Strong points 1 DOS DOS DOS DOS Requirement Constantly increasing energy requirements in the rack caused by high packing densities (e.g. 1 HU Pizza Servers, Blade Servers, etc.) Solution 3-Phase distributor with GST18 plug system, e.g. 96 A and more with redundant feed Advantages - Modularity - Plug-in capability (no wiring required) - Expandability - Cascadability - Easy implementation of redundancies / UPS secured circuits - Mix of, for example, DIN protected contacts / IEC 320 Euro systems - Installation position freely selectable - Good alternatives to 3-phase DI-STRIP Triple Power (see page 7.6) Power Supply Cable, 3-Phase Accessories for GST 18 plug system - GST 18 socket for connecting GST18i5 distributor block with 3 phases - 5-pole (L1, L2, L3, N, PE) 250/400 V ~ - Cable: HO5VV-F 5G 2.5 mm 2 Colour Black L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS20104 GST18i5 Distributor Block, 3-Phase - For individual, customer-side connection - Modular plug-in connection - Distribution of 3 phases on various sockets - Including mounting panel Colour Black DOS20103 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit 7.19

192 ACCESSORIES Power Supply Cable, 1-Phase Accessories for GST 18 plug system - Mains plug CEE/VII - GST18 socket (Wieland) - Cable, H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit DOS00467 Connection Cable Accessories for GST 18 plug system - GST 18 plug - GST 18 socket - Cable, H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 Colour For colour coding circuits (e.g.ups) DOS00469 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP 200 white unit 200 black unit 500 white unit 500 black unit 1000 white unit 1000 black unit 5000 white unit DOS20105 GST18 Socket Part - With screw terminal for cross-section mm 2 with cable strain relief - For individual, customer-side connection Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS00471 GST18 Plug Part - With screw terminal for cross-section mm 2 with cable strain relief - For individual, customer-side additional cabling Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

193 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Euro Socket System IEC DOS Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option - With 3-way Euro combinations of IEC 320 sockets - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Cable: 2.5 m - Moulded right angle plug, CEE7/VII - Without fuse protection Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG TÜV GS Certificate Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021, dark-grey DOS00498 DOS20042 Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 24 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Load rating 250 VAC/10 A Compliance symbols for IEC way Euro combinations VDE, UL, CSA, SEV, SEMKO 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit unit DI-STRIP Euro Socket System IEC DOS00458 DOS20041 DOS20040 With switch Without switch - With fine-wire fuse 10A - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option - With 3-way Euro combinations of IEC 320 sockets Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 24 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG CSA Certificate, TÜV GS Certificate Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-grey Load rating 250 VAC/10 A Compliance symbols for IEC way Euro combinations VDE, UL, CSA, SEV, SEMKO 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit with switch unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.21

194 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Euro Socket System IEC DOS With fine-wire fuse 10A - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option - With 3-way Euro combinations of IEC 320 sockets Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 24 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG CSA Certificate, TÜV GS Certificate Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-grey Load rating 250 VAC/10 A Compliance symbols for IEC way Euro combinations VDE, UL, CSA, SEV, SEMKO 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets DOS00461 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit with switch unit with switch unit DOS20043 With switch DOS20044 Without switch DI-STRIP Euro Socket System, IEC 320 With cable and right angle plug DOS With thermal overload protection, 10 A (can be reset) - With lit switch, 1-pole switching - 19 Installation option - With 2 5-way Euro combinations of IEC 320 sockets - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 2.5 mm 2 - Cable: approx. 5 m - Moulded right angle plug, CEE7/VII, optional blue 16 A-6h (2P+PE) CEE17 plug Load rating 250 VAC/10 A Dimensions Socket spacing: 24 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Approvals CE label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Cable: PVC Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-grey Compliance symbols for IEC way Euro combinations VDE, UL, CSA, SEV, SEMKO 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets 7.22 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit

195 SOCKET STRIPS Mains Cable for Euro Socket Strip For DIN and French/Belgian standard - Mains plug CEE/VII - Euro socket IEC Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1 mm 2 Mains voltage 250 VAC Nominal current 10 A DOS00076 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit Mains Cable for Euro Socket Strip For Swiss standard - Mains plug: type12 - Euro socket IEC Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1 mm 2 Mains voltage 250 VAC Nominal current 10 A DOS00077 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit Mains Cable for Euro Socket Strip For British standard - Mains plug: type BS Euro socket IEC320 - Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1 mm 2 Mains voltage 250 VAC Nominal current 10 A DOS00078 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit Euro Connection Cable - Mains plug: IEC Euro socket IEC Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1 mm 2 Mains voltage 250 VAC Nominal current 10 A DOS00519 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.23

196 SOCKET STRIPS DOS20018 DOS20019 DI-STRIP Classic Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 100 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Enclosure, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.24 Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003

197 SOCKET STRIPS L DI-STRIP Compact Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20023 DOS20022 DOS20025 DOS20024 L With switch Without switch With switch Without switch - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - 2 Versions: Standard side panel or Design side panel - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Enclosure, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

198 SOCKET STRIPS DOS20026 DI-STRIP Protector FI Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France Protector FI RCCB for user protection - Prevents electrical and fire accidents with safe and rapid switching off - Activates with fault current, e.g. accidental contact of mains voltage-carrying parts with defective insulation - Residual operating current I = 10mA for alternating and intermittent fault direct current - Reaction time ms - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit DI-STRIP Protector LS Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20026 Protector circuit breaker - Circuit breaker for overload and short circuit - Protects cables and feeds with rapid switching off with short circuit and defined delayed cutoff with overload - Circuit breaker: 16 A - Tripping chatacteristic, type B, 2-pole - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit 7.26 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

199 SOCKET STRIPS DOS DI-STRIP Protector FI / LS Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France Protector FI / LS - RCCB and circuit breaker - Provides a combination of user, overload and short circuit protection - Residual operating current I = 30 ma for alternating and intermittent fault direct current - Circuit breaker 16 A - Tripping characteristic type B, 2-pole - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Casing: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit DI-STRIP Protector Emergency STOP Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20027 DOS20028 Classic with emergency stop switch Compact with emergency stop switch - With 2-pole emergency stop switch for user protection - For protecting operating personnel - For manual emergency switch-off of connected equipment - Phase and neutral conductors are safely separated - Switch must be specifically unlocked to restart - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: Classic: 100 mm, Compact: 50 mm Height: 101 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP Compact unit Compact unit Classic unit Classic unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.27

200 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Protector Emergency Stop FI / LS Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20029 With emergency Off switch and FI-/ LS circuit breaker - With 2-pole emergency stop switch for user protection - For protecting operating personnel - For manual emergency switch-off of connected equipment - Phase and neutral conductors are safely separated - Switch must be specifically unlocked to restart - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: Compact: 50 mm Height: 101 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Additional: With 2-pole fault current switch and circuit breaker Provides a combination of user, overload and short circuit protection Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Power Cleaner Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20030 With mains filter - With integrated mains filter - The integrated mains filter prevents, - high frequency disturbances from the mains affecting electronic equipment. - the transmission of disturbances from the equipment to the mains. - The mains filter meets the requirements of VDE and EN Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable : H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.28 Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003

201 SOCKET STRIPS DOS20031 DOS20032 DI-STRIP Safety Basic Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France - With overvoltage protection - A combination of varistors and gas discharge arresters guarantee a rapid response and high discharge capacity - Simple but effective protection against indirect strikes and voltage spikes from the mains - Double protection: - 1. Up to max. surge current resistance, transient overvoltages are reduced to non-damaging values - 2. If the surge current resistance is exceeded, the connected equipment is separated from the mains to protect against further overvoltage spikes (the green function display goes off). The protection module must then be changed for further use. To increase the protection function, a coarse filter should be switched in advance in the building installation Installation option (with length 483 mm) - 2 Versions: Standard side panel or Design side panel - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Technical data Mains voltage 230 VAC +/- 10 % Nominal current 16A Feature class: D (refined protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0675) Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 10 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 1200 V (L/N against PE) 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

202 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Safety Standard Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20033 DOS20034 With overvoltage protection and mains filter With overvoltage protection and mains filter - With overvoltage protection - With integrated mains filter - With lit switch, 2-pole switching - A combination of varistors and gas discharge arresters guarantee a rapid response and high discharge capacity - Simple but effective protection against indirect strikes and voltage spikes from the mains and high frequency disturbance signals - Overvoltage protection: - 1. Up to max. surge current resistance, transient overvoltages are reduced to non-damaging values - 2. If the surge current resistance is exceeded, the connected equipment is separated from the mains to protect against further overvoltage spikes (the green function display goes off). The protection module must then be changed for further use. To increase the protection function, a coarse filter should be switched in advance in the building installation. - Mains filter: - High-frequency disturbance signals are effectively eliminated by the low-pass mains filter - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - 2 Versions: Standard or design side - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: HO5 VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Casing, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Technical data Mains voltage 230 VAC +/- 10 % Nominal current 16A Feature class: D (refined protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0675) Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 10 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 1200 V (L/N against PE) Mains filter (high-stop): attenuation at 1MHz - 45 db 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.30 Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003

203 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Master-Slave Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20035 With master-slave module - If the master equipment is switched, the slave sockets are also switched (together, with a short delay to the master). Enables easy switching on and off of several difficult to access pieces of equipment. Switching thresholds can be set from outside via potentiometer. - Note: - Power consumption of the masterequipment must be constantly over the switching on threshold. When switching off the master consumer, the power consumption must fall below the switch-off threshold Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A Technical data Threshold setting range On: 20 ma ma (approx. 55 ma, supply status) Off: 16 ma ma (approx. 44 ma, supply status) Switching delay 550 ms +/- 20% Electronic module, 2-pole switching 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.31

204 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Combi Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20037 DOS20036 With master-slave, overvoltage protection and mains filter With master-slave, overvoltage protection and mains filter - Master-slave with overvoltage protection and mains filter - Automatic switching of equipment with integrated overvoltage protection and mains filter - Joins functions of the master-slave (page 7.31) and the safety standard (page 7.30) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3 G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Technical data Overvoltage protection and mains filter: Mains voltage: 230 VAC +/- 10 % Nominal current 16A Feature class: D (refined protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0675) Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 10 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 1500 V (L + N against PE) Mains filter (low-pass): attenuation at 1MHz - 45 db Master-slave function: Threshold setting range On: 20 ma ma (approx. 55 ma, supply status) Off: 16 ma ma (approx. 44 ma, supply status) Switching delay 550 ms +/- 20% Electronic module, 2-pole switching 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit 7.32 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

205 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Compact GST 18 Plug System (Wieland) Standard CEE 7 V (UTE) / France DOS20048 DOS20047 GST 18 with switch GST 18 without switch - Quick and efficient plug connection system - Plug-in electro-installation in place of conventional wiring - Speed: - Due to simple plugging together of preconfigured elements - Flexibility: - Due to cable (cable length) - Efficient: - Easy exchange of socket strips, without cabling expenses - Safety: - Due to plug system, all faulty installations are excluded - Space-saving: - Use of protection and switching functions can be extended to additional socket strips with no loss of plugging space by extending cable (maximum load rating of 16 A) Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/16 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit with switch unit unit unit DI-STRIP Safety Basic With GST 18 plug system / France DOS With overvoltage protection - Technical description, see page 7.29 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Safety Standard With GST18 plug system DOS With overvoltage protection, with integrated mains filter and lit switch - Technical description, see page 7.30 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DI-STRIP Master Slave With GST18 plug system DOS Technical description, see page 7.31 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.33

206 SOCKET STRIPS Power Supply Cable For GST18 plug system - Mains plug CEE/VII - GST18 socket (Wieland) - Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit DOS00467 Connection Cable For GST18 plug system - GST18 plug - GST 18 socket - Cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit DOS00469 GST18 Socket Part Input - With screw terminal for cross-section mm 2 with cable strain relief - For individual, customer-side connection Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS00471 GST18 Plug Part Output - With screw terminal for cross-section mm 2 with cable strain relief - For individual, customer-side connection Colour White L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit DOS00470 For more GST18 accessories see page Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

207 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Classic Standard CH SEV 1011 DOS00717 DOS00664 DOS00665 Classic with switch Classic without switch - With/without switch, socket spacing, 100 mm - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 100 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.6: Enclosure, RAL 2003, pastel orange Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/10 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit with switch x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging Replace.x with the number of the required colour combination:.1 = RAL 7035,.6 = RAL 7035/RAL

208 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Compact Standard CH SEV 1011 DOS20074 DOS00666 DOS Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - 2 Versions, standard side or design side - Socket rotation: 45º - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/10 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) DOS20039 DOS00667 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit unit unit unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit 7.36 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

209 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Protector FI/LS Standard CH SEV 1011 DOS00719 DOS00668 Protector FI / LS - RCCB and circuit breaker - Provides a combination of user, overload and short circuit protection - Residual operating current I = 30 ma for alternating and intermittent fault direct current - Circuit breaker 10 A - Tripping characteristic type B, 2-pole - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 78 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-grey Load rating 250 VAC/10 A 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit DI-STRIP Safety Standard Standard CH SEV 1011 DOS00720 DOS00669 With overvoltage protection and mains filter - With overvoltage protection and integrated mains filter - With lit switch, 2-pole switching - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Socket rotation: 45 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 50 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 mm Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour combination Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7035 light-grey Description and technical data See page Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit with switch unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.37

210 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Classic Standard USA NEMA5 DOS00685 DOS00670 With switch - With lit switch - With overload protection 15A - Cable: SJT 14 AWG x 3C - Moulded plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Dimensions Socket spacing: 100 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 5 m Approvals CE / CSA C / CSA US Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021, dark-grey Socket parts and cable: RAL 9011, graphite black Load rating 125 VAC/15 A Mains frequency 60Hz 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit DI-STRIP Compact Standard USA NEMA5 DOS00686 DOS20016 With switch - With lit switch - With overload protection 15A - 19 Installation option (with length 483 mm) - Cable: SJT 14 AWG x 3C - Moulded plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet-steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Dimensions Socket spacing: 32 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE / CSA C / CSA US Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021, dark-grey Socket parts and cable: RAL 9011, graphite black Load rating 125 VAC/15 A Mains frequency 60Hz 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets (additional with 19 installation option) L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit with switch unit 7.38 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

211 SOCKET STRIPS DI-STRIP Surge Protector Standard USA NEMA5 DOS00687 DOS20017 With overvoltage protection - With lit switch - With overload protection 15A - With overvoltage protection - 19 Installation option - Cable: SJT 14 AWG x 3C - Moulded plug Material / Finish Enclosure: closed sheet steel extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6 (UL 94 V0), recyclable Dimensions Socket spacing: 32 mm Height: 45.5 mm Casing width: 44.4 mm (= 1 HU) Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE / CSA C / CSA US Colour Enclosure: RAL 7035 light-grey Plastic parts: RAL 7021, dark-grey Socket parts and cable: RAL 9011, graphite black Technical data Mains voltage 125 VAC Nominal current 15A Mains frequency 60Hz Surge current resistance (8/20 µs wave): max. 13 ka Protection level (1.5/50 µs wave): 400V (measured according to UL1449) 1 Socket strip 2 Mounting brackets 2 19 Mounting brackets L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP with switch unit See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.39

212 SOCKET STRIPS Serimat Classic - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Enclosure: robust, double-panelled sheet steel casing, powder-coated texture Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour RAL 2003, pastel orange DOS20063 L Dimensions Socket spacing: 100 mm Height: 45 mm Casing width: 51 mm Cable: 2.5 m Load rating 250 VAC/16A 1 Socket strip DOS Without switch L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit Serimat Compact - Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - Socket rotation: 30 - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate DOS L 51 Material / Finish Enclosure: robust, double-panelled sheet steel casing, powder-coated texture Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6, recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 60 mm Height: 45 mm Casing width: 51 mm Cable: 2.5 m Colour RAL 2003, pastel orange Load rating 250 VAC/16A 1 Socket strip 5 DOS00511 L With lit switch 51 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit 6 14 DOS Without switch with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit 7.40 Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging

213 SOCKET STRIPS Serimat Classic Black Line DOS Optionally with lit switch, 2-pole switching - Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm 2 - Moulded right angle plug Material / Finish Robust extruded aluminium enclosure, powder-coated, smooth Plastic parts: polyamide PA 6, recyclable Internal conductor: full-length busbar, brass Cable: PVC Dimensions Socket spacing: 85 mm Height: 46 mm Casing width: 60 mm Cable: 2.5 m Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG VDE Certificate Colour RAL 9011, graphite black Load rating 250 VAC/16A 1 Socket strip DOS20055 L S n F1 F2 19 Safe Model Order no. UP unit unit unit unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit with switch unit Dimensions in mm: L = Length, S = Switch, n = Number of sockets, F1 = Standard side piece, F2 = Design side piece, 19 = Suitable for 19 installation, Safe = Child-safe HU = Standard height unit, UP = Unit of packaging 7.41

214 EXPRESS ITEM Express item in 24 hours ex plant: With Knürr you are always ahead of the competition Rapid Service Express item Swift express delivery service, smooth ordering process, attractive pricing and a marketoriented offer that s Knürr reliability! Each express item that is marked accordingly in this catalogue, leaves our European central store 24 hours after your order is received. High-grade quality and standardised solutions that always leave you that decisive step ahead of the competition! Global sales offices where expert application technicians and sales engineers specifically apply themselves to your special requirements and personally advise you are also available for you around the world. Don t hesitate in using them to your advantage!

215 UPS UPS Uninterruptible Power Supplies 8.2 to

216 UPS Uninterruptible Power Supplies UPS Strong points 8.2 Tower Solutions 19 Chassis Large Scale Systems UPS by Knürr The right technical solution for every requirement. Pulsar Evolution Line Interactive 8.5 Pulsar EXtreme C Online 8.7 Pulsar EXtreme Online 8.11 USV20257 Uninterruptible Power Supplies Strong points Safety High-grade online and lineinteractive technology guarantees safe and uninterruptible operation of your systems. Efficiency The 19 modules provide high performance on minimum installation space with compact construction and modular setup. Investment security Our solutions grow with your requirements, can be flexibly used and are easily expanded. Modularity The individual components of this range can be combined according to requirements and consequently produce specifically defined solutions. User-friendliness Comprehensive displays and interactive interfaces for external evaluation of status messages provide the user with current system information at all times. Highest possible protection Online UPS systems provide the highest possible protection against the 10 most frequent mains disturbances. Note You will find more information on UPS at: 8.2

217 UPS Line-Interactive / Pulsar Evolution IEC VI-SS-313 Input Filter Electronic switch = ~ Converter Battery Output The line-interactive UPS model uses a power inverter in inverter in inverse operation to recharge the battery with stable mains supply. If the mains power supply fails, then the working direction changes and the battery powers the inverter. Because the converter constantly monitors the mains input, it can react quicker to failures and correct voltage breaks. The inverter preconnected by the consumer has a specific filtering effect against mains disturbances. This technology is highly recommendable for uninterruptible power supplies for many applications, particularly with regard to PC requirements. Online / Pulsar EXtreme C IEC VFI-SS-111 Automatic bypass The battery takes over from the rectifier without interruption when there is a mains failure and provides the necessary energy for a specific period of time. Online systems provide high levels of security and are particularly recommended for high-grade and sensitive consumers. Online UPS systems have the advantage of effectively filtering out spikes and drop outs by converting alternating voltage into direct voltage and back into alternating voltage. Our Online UPS systems are series equipped with interfaces so that unattended computers can be specifically powered down automatically and powered up again after the mains supply has returned. Input Filter ~ = Rectifier = ~ Inverter Battery Filter Output If faults occur in the system itself due to battery ageing processes, an automatic by-pass switch ensures bridging and direct connection to the mains without interruption. The user is acoustically and optically informed about defective functions and power failures. 8.3

218 UPS Online / Pulsar EXtreme IEC VFI-SS-111 Input Filter ~ = Rectifier Manual bypass / "Hot-Swap" Automatic bypass = ~ Inverter Battery Filter Output The battery takes over from the rectifier without interruption when there is a mains failure and provides the necessary power for a specific period of time. Online systems provide high levels of security and are particularly recommended for high-grade and sensitive consumers. Online UPS systems have the advantage of effectively filtering out spikes and drop outs by converting alternating voltage into direct voltage and back into alternating voltage. Our Online UPS systems are series equipped with interfaces so that unattended computers can be specifically powered down automatically and powered up again after the mains supply has returned. If faults occur in the system itself due to battery ageing processes, an automatic by-pass switch ensures bridging and direct connection to the mains without interruption. The user is acoustically and optically informed about defective functions and power failures. Hot-Swap Function Pulsar EXtreme enables UPS maintenance, repair and exchange, as well as battery swap during running operation without any impairment or interruption to consumer supply. 8.4

219 UPS Line Interactive / Pulsar Evolution UPS VI-SS to VA Compact high-performance protection for servers, storage systems and network equipment USV20001 Pulsar Evolution A revolutionary development 1500 VA only 1 HU 3000 VA only 2 HU USV20002 Pulsar Evolution Rack 800 / 1100 / 1500 Pulsar Evolution in rack or tower version provides you with the best possible availability for power supply of your systems. Compact design and best possible flexibility with assembly and installation - Ultra-flat rack versions: only 1 HU from 500 to 1,500 VA only 2 HU from 2,200 to 3,000 VA - Diverse installations are possible according to the model Highest availability - Power supply redundancy via Pulsar STS - Expandable bridging times with only 2 HU battery modules - HF technology with sine output - Hot-swap batteries Progressive communication - Standard with USB and serial interface - SNMP and web-based remote management - Programmable outputs for remote and autonomous management USV20003 Pulsar Evolution Tower 2200 / 3000 A model for tower or 19 (2 HU) 8.5

220 UPS Pulsar Evolution features Pulsar Evolution Nominal power, VA/W 800/ / / / /2000 Model Combi system, Tower/2HU Rack Installation options Rack version: 19 installation / 1 HU 19 installation with enclosed kit Tower model with support base Number of IEC-320 Euro outputs of these, powershare outputs x 2 2 x 2 EXB battery expansion modules 1-3 EXB Key technical data Technology High frequency technology, line interactive, VI-SS-313 Automatic voltage regulation Booster/Fader Output, voltage form SINE Input voltage tolerance 160V/294V, programmable to 150V/294V Frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz, automatic detection of the network frequency Output voltage with battery operation 230V (programmable to 200/220/240V)) Equipment features Automatic battery test weekly (other intervals can be programmed) Exchangeable batteries (HOT-SWAP) Backup time, 100%/50% load (min.) 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 Backup time with 1* EXB 100%/50% load (min.) /90 30/70 Cold start capacity Deep-discharge protection UPS driver for Windows Programming of threshold value (voltage tolerance, sensitivity, battery test, ON/OFF) Data line protection RJ45 network protection Communication/Monitoring Communication interface Communication slot for options Power management software, SolutionPac On CD in the supply schedule Web-based monitoring Remote display (option) Standards 1x USB + 1x RS232 interface (standard) 1, for SNMP card or status information Local management and SNMP proxy agents for Windows 2003/XP/2000/NT/98 Linux, Netware, OpenServer, Unixware, SUN Solaris, IBM AIX, HP UX, Compaq Tue64, etc. XML-@gent UPS Control, Remote Message Board Safety EN /EN (RD), IEC 60950, TÜV, GS Electro-magnetic compatibility EN , EN 50022/B, IEC , IEC , IEC Design, production, logistics and service ISO 9001 Certifications CE, TÜV GS Scope of service Extended 3-year guarantee General data Standards, specifications and models change from time to time. Subject to technical changes. Rack dimensions, W=438xHxD (mm) 44(1HU)x499 44(1HU)x522 88(2HU)x640 Weight (kg) EXB module weight 41.9 Accessories included in the supply schedule Removable 19 mounting bracket, universal telescopic slides For 19 versions Mounting accessories, cable mounting Order no., UPS Order no., EXB battery module Order no., WEB SNMP card Order no., relay card USV20016 Pulsar Evolution 3000 Logo and battery access Capacity utilisation rate Complete operation and display panel: - Normal/battery operation - Booster/fader mode - Powershare status outputs - Battery swap-out/fault USB interface Battery charge status RS232 interface Port for automatic battery expansion detection = Express item Data line protection Slot for optional communications cards Connection for EXB modules 1 Group: 4 output sockets 2 Groups of 2 programmable outputs 8.6

221 UPS Pulsar EXtreme C UPS / Online VFI-SS / 1500 / 2200 / 3200 VA USV20018 Maximum security for your servers, telecommunications and network components etc., with minimum space requirements. Pulsar EXtreme C Represents compact design and optimum protection. - Reliable high performance technology - Highest availability - Progressive communication - User-friendliness - Flexible and expandable High performance and reliability Pulsar EXtreme C provides comprehensive protection and optimum reliability of your system. Wide input voltage range The Pulsar EXtreme C s wide input voltage range of V reduces switchover and consequently the demand on the batteries. Pulsar EXtreme C optimises the battery lifespan and only makes demands on the batteries when this is really necessary, with a power failure, for example. High performance battery charger module Pulsar EXtreme C charger module: - Reduces the battery recharging time (80% backup time in 2 hours) - Increases the battery lifespan through integration of modelspecific battery parameters, environmental temperature and battery ageing - Protects the batteries from deep discharging - Integrated power factorcorrection, i.e. no system reaction - Prevents possible fault effects on the mains feeding (backfeed protection) CE and UL certified Highest availability Pulsar EXtreme C guarantees the highest possible availability (>99.999%) of your system. Cold start via battery This function enables problemfree starting of your applications, even with a mains failure. Automatic bypass In the event of an overload or a fault, Pulsar EXtreme C switches the consumer without interruption to the mains supply system. 8.7

222 UPS Progressive communication options 1 USV20004 Pulsar EXtreme C provides a complete package of communications solutions for connecting EDP systems and monitoring. 1 2 Communications interfaces Pulsar EXtreme C is equipped as standard with an RS232 and a USB port for easy connection of the UPS with a server, for, by way of example: Individual adaptation of Pulsar EXtreme C By modifying the factory-set parameters (output voltage, battery test intervals, bypass operation, etc.) via the UPS driver software. 2 3 Additional communications slot Enables integration of an additional communications circuit board (SNMP, telecommunications contacts, etc.). These cards make the UPS communication totally independent. You are, for example, informed about the UPS status after a server shutdown. Installation and integration - Tower or as 19 version - Complete 19 assembly kit with telescopic and mounting material - Quick start instructions - Easy mains connection via DIN protective contact plug 2 3 USV20005 USV20006 LAN and WAN management (SNMP/WEB) of the UPS and connected servers via SolutionPac. SolutionPac software SolutionPac provides the option of: - User information - Automatic shutdown of individual or several servers in a heterogenous network - Remote monitoring and management of the UPS Display and control components Fault displays - Overload - UPS fault - Battery fault - Status displays of the programmable load connections no.1 and no. 2 - ON/OFF - % battery backup - Utilization capacity rate display in % - Lamp test/buzzer OFF Manual switching WR/Bypass - Operation via bypass - Operation in online mode - Battery operation 3 USV

223 USV Flexible and expandable 4 USV20008 Pulsar EXtreme C meets tomorrows requirements today! 4 Backup times ranging from 6 minutes to several hours Pulsar EXtreme C is standard equipped with at least 6 minutes backup time. You can achieve higher operational continuity with: - Up to 3 EXB battery expansions that can be added during running operation - CLA module (high performance charger) for especially long backup times, up to 8 hours at full load. We are readily at your disposal for detailed information. 5 6 Hot-swap battery The user can swap out the battery during running operation, i.e. without switching off the consumer. Individual management of the consumer connections via powershare TM The 2 programmable consumer connections enable the individual assignment of the backup time and the remote switch-on and off for the connected consumer. 5 USV USV

224 UPS Pulsar EXtreme C features Pulsar EXtreme 1000 C 1500 C 2200 C 3200 C General Nominal power 1000 VA / 700 W 1500 VA / 1050 W 2200 VA / 1540 W 3200 VA / 2080 W Technology Online, double conversion technology with automatic bypass Input power range 120/140/160 V* V 120/140/160 V* -284 V Input frequency 50/60 Hz, self-detecting, tolerance +/- 10 Hz, can be used as frequency converter Output voltage/frequency 230V, 200/208/220/230/240V can be set, 50/60Hz +/- 0.5% Overload capacity 110% - continuous, 130% - 12s, then to bypass, >130% - 1.5s, then to bypass Battery test Automatic weekly battery test, other intervals can be programmed Battery management Automatic EXB detection, automatic backup adjustment, deep-discharging protection Typical backup times with 50% / 70% utilization Pulsar EXtreme C 18 mn / 11 mn 14 mn / 10 mn 17 mn / 12 mn 15 mn / 10 mn Pulsar EXtreme C + 1 EXB 60 mn / 40 mn 80 mn / 50 mn 85 mn / 60 mn 60 mn / 40 mn Pulsar EXtreme C +4 EXB 170 mn / 110 mn 210 mn / 135 mn 285 mn / 200 mn 190 mn / 130 mn Connections Input IEC C14 (10A) IEC C20 (16A) Output 6 * IEC C13 (10A) 1* IEC C19 (16A) 4* IEC C13 (10A) Including powershare outputs 2 IEC C13 individually programmable outputs (remote ON/OFF, load dump, sequential start) Power management Standard interfaces 1* USB and 1* serial interface Free slot for SNMP/Web mini-slot card or relay card Remote off-control Option via relay card Standard Dimensions (HxWxD in mm) and weights (in kg) Rack UPS or EXB 88 (2HU) x (19 ) x (2HU) x (19 ) x 493 EXB : 87.9 (2HU) x 438 (19 ) x 632 UPS weight / Rack EXB weight / Rack Norms and Standards Certifications CE / TÜV-GS / CB / UL 1778 / cul Performance & Safety IEC/EN , EN (RD), IEC/EN Highest UPS protection class: VFI-SS-111 in accordance with EN , VDE 0558 part 530 Electro magnetic compatibility EN , IEC class B (also with EXB battery expansions) (1) Values for 50%, 66% and 100% load Article numbers EXtreme 1000 C EXtreme 1500 C Extreme 2200 C Extreme 3200 C Model UPS EXB UPS EXB UPS EXB UPS EXB Order no., UPS Order no., WEB SNMP card Order no., relay card = Express item 8.10

225 UPS Pulsar EXtreme UPS / Online VFI-SS / 3000 VA USV20010 Unique - Standard with hot-swap module Modular protection for your sensitive applications, networks and telecommunications systems Reliable high-performance technology - Online double conversion technology V input voltage, without battery strain - CE/UL/TÜV GS and ISO standards Highest availability - Hot-swap function, exchange during running operation without consumer impairment - Automatic bypass - Redundancy Progressive communication - Unsurpassed communications possibilities - SolutionPac UPS management software - Parameters via UPS driver software User-friendliness - Easiest possible installation and integration - Practical display and control field Flexible and expandable - Hot-swap sockets - Backup times ranging from 10 minutes to 8 hours - ECO mode (level of efficiency, up to 94%) Note You will find more information on UPS at:

226 UPS Pulsar EXtreme UPS Systems Pulsar EXtreme UPS systems have been developed to grow in accordance with the requirements of the most modern systems; network, intranet and Internet servers, active components, computer and telecommunications systems, medical and industrial applications. 6 USV20011 High performance and reliability Online double conversion technology Only this technology guarantees a constant, clean output voltage and frequency. A sine-form output voltage is always created via the rectifier and inverter chain, regardless of faults in the mains supply system. The battery is only required with mains supply failure. Wide input voltage range Optimised input voltage range reduces switchover and consequently the demand on the batteries. EXtreme C optimises the battery lifespan and only makes demands on the batteries when this is really necessary, with a power failure, for example. CE and UL certified Highest availability 6 Progressive communication options Pulsar EXtreme C provides a complete package of communications solutions for connecting EDP systems and electrical systems. RS232 interface Enables easy connection of UPS with a server, for example, for: Individual adaptation of Pulsar EXtreme C Provided with modification of the factory-set parameters (output voltage, battery test intervals, bypass operation, etc.) via the UPS driver software. LAN and WAN management (SNMP/WEB) of the UPS and connected servers via SolutionPac. SolutionPac enables individual shutdown of your servers in heterogenous networks. 7 USV20012 Hot-swap function Pulsar EXtreme enables UPS maintenance, repair and exchange as well as battery swap during running operation without any impairment or interruption to consumer supply. Cold start via battery This function enables problemfree start of your applications, even with a mains failure. Automatic bypass In the event of an overload or a fault, Pulsar EXtreme C switches the consumer without interruption to the mains supply system. 7 SolutionPac software SolutionPac provides the following options: - User information - Automatic shutdown of individual or several servers in a heterogenous network - Remote monitoring and management of the UPS Additional communications slot Enables integration of an additionnal communications circuit board (USB, SNMP, JBus, telecommunications contacts, etc.). These cards make the UPS communication totally independent. You are, for example, informed about the UPS status after a server shutdown. 8.12

227 UPS Pulsar EXtreme UPS Systems User-friendliness Flexible and expandable 1 USV USV Hot-swap for easiest possible installation and integration - 19 version - Comp. 19 assembly kit - Quick start connection of easy clamp terminal of the hot-swap module - The Pulsar EXtreme 3000 Rack is delivered complete with support rails for mm depth racks Display and control components Fault displays - Overload - UPS fault - Battery fault - Excess temperature 40 C - % battery backup - Utilization capacity rate display in % - Operation via manual bypass - Operation in ECO mode - Operation in online mode - Battery operation - ON/OFF 3 Backup times ranging from 10 minutes to several hours Pulsar EXtreme is standard equipped with batteries for 10 minutes backup time. You can achieve higher operational continuity with: - Up to 2 EXB battery expansions that can be added during running operation Hot-swap, the flexible connection option As socket or fixed installation module, each with manual bypass; enables connection or exchange of UPS in just one minute. Hot-swap socket module: Plug & Play - Mains connection with DIN protective contact plug - 4 IEC 320 Euro consumer sockets, additional clamp terminal for users. 3 USV

228 USV Pulsar EXtreme Features Pulsar EXtreme 2000 VA 3000 VA General Nominal power Input power range Frequency range Input power factor (THDI) Output voltage, sine Output harmonic content Efficiency level Online mode ECO mode Crest factor Short circuit current (A) Overload capacity (online mode) Batteries Standard backup time with 100% load with 50% load EXB battery expansion modules LA XLA 2XLA Automatic battery test Communication Options for UPS or MultiSlot module Environment Noise level Environmental temperature Conformity with standards Model Safety Electro-magnetic compatibility Certifications Construction and production Dimensions (HxWxD in mm) and weights (in kg) UPS, EXB Dimensions UPS Weight EXB Module, LA Weight EXB Module, XLA Weight 2000VA/1330W 3000VA/2000W 84 V/120 V/160 V up to 265 V without battery support (1) 50/60 Hz 0.99 (< 5%) 200 V/208 V/220 V/230 V/240 V <3% with linear load, <5% with non-linear load 89% 90% 94% 94% % for 60s, 160% for 10s, 250% for 1s 9 Minutes 9 Minutes 20 Minutes 20 Minutes 20 Minutes 20 Minutes 36 Minutes 36 Minutes 66 Minutes 66 Minutes Yes, during freely programmable test intervals without risk of a power supply interruption 1 RS232/U Talk interface + communications slot SNMP 10 BaseT 2 RS232 U Talk or status information cards RS232 or RS485 JBus/ModBus Relay contacts (250 V, 2 A) USB 2 RS232/COM ports 2 AS400 interfaces 45 dba 0 to 35 C EN EN , IEC EN , EN 55022/B, EN 55011/B IEC , IEC CE,TÜV/GS, UL, cul, ISO 9001, ISO (4HU)x483x462 (rack) 31 (rack) 38 (rack) 26 (rack) 32 (rack) 41 (rack) 54 (rack) Service Extended 3-year guarantee (1) Values with 50%, 66% and 100% utilization Article numbers Order no., UPS Order no., EXB module, LA Order no., EXB module, XLA Order no., WEB SNMP card Order no., relay card

229 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL COMPONENTS Electro-Mechanical Components 9.2 to

230 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL COMPONENTS Electro-Mechanical Components Distribution Box 9.2 Rack Lighting 9.3 Door Contact Switch 9.4 Cable Junction Box 9.4 Equipotential Bonding Bar 9.5 Earthing Bar 9.5 Contact Clamp 9.5 Distribution Box HEI For mounting DIN rail components of the installation technology, such as fuses, clamps, relays etc. - In the built-in status, the mounting level can be pulled out at the front, locked in position, and as a result, significantly simplifies the wiring of the individual components Not with fixed installation version On request: Can be delivered ready equipped and wired Other variations and versions on request - Installation space for up to 22 pieces of equipment with 18 mm width each - Mounting of the TS35 DIN rail on several levels with simple plug-in connection Not with fixed installation version - Snap-in mounting of DIN rail components - Easy access to the protective earth and neutral conductor rails from the front - Various positioning options prepared for N and PE rails Not with "fixed installation version - Cable entry at the rear via double brush strip (optionally via bushing sockets) - Cable strain relief on the inside and therefore accessible from the front - Labelling strips on the front, above and below the installation space - Installation options for power distribution with 230 V AC, but also in the low voltage range (e.g. 48 V DC) - 19 Chassis, 3 HU, depth 150 mm Material / Finish - Covers, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey - Main unit, sheet steel, zinc-passivated 1 Distribution box Including N and PE rails, cable entry, cable strain relief, empty panel covers and earth set Fully assembled W H D Model Order no. UP 19 3 HU 150 mm Pull-out unit 19 3 HU 158 mm Fixed installation unit HEI20282 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 9.2

231 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL COMPONENTS Cable Ports Alternative to cable entry via brush strip with mounting of distribution box in open racks. Material / Finish Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 1 Cable routing board 11 Bushing sockets Mounting material HEI00234 W H D Model Order no. UP unit Luminestra Rack Lamp ELM Only for rack type miracel W 700, W Mounting is made on the basic rack above the vertical extrusions - With 13 watt fluorescent tube - With on/off rocker switch - With 2 m power supply lead and protective contact plug - Complete with mounting material - Only with 123 mm front jumpering space Colour White 1 Luminestra rack lamp 2 Mounting brackets Mounting material W H D HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit Compact Rack Lamp ELM00135 Features With magnetic mounting Energy-saving lamp Protective contact socket On/off switch 3 m power supply cable With cover panel Approvals VDE, ICE Protection rating IP20 Technical data - Operating voltage: 230 V / Hz - Lighting: compact fluorescent tube with integrated starter - Power consumption 11 W ^= 75 W bulb - Light intensity: 900 Lm - Interference suppression: in accordance with VDE 0712, IEC 82 - Socket: 230 VAC / 16A - Connections: 3-pole screw clamp, 2.5 mm 2 with strain relief W H D HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 9.3

232 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL COMPONENTS Door Contact Switch - On/off switch, 4 A, 230 V ~ - Activation with opening and closing of the door 1 Door contact switch (not wired) 1 Mounting bracket Mounting material W H S HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit ELM00137 Cable Junction Box - For 230V electro-installation on-site - As fixed-location exchange point - Simple and quick mounting - Complete with mounting material 1 Cable junction box 1 Mounting bracket Mounting material W H D HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit ELM00033 ELM00034 Modular Terminal Boxes - For 230V electro-installation on-site - With series terminal, 8 x Pg 11/16 entry - IP 54 Material High-impact, fire-resistant polystyrene 1 Modular terminal box 4 Pg compression glands, Pg11 W H S HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit ELM

233 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL COMPONENTS Equipotential Bonding Bar - For central earthing of all protective conductors - With sealing cover - Connection options: - 1 x Round conductor 8-10 mm Ø - 1 x Flat conductor up to 30 mm wide or round conductor 8-10 mm Ø - 7 x one or several-wire conductors up to 16 mm 2 or fine wire conductor up to 10 mm 2 Material Base and cover, high-impact plastic Contact strip, brass, nickel-plated 1 Equipotential bonding bar ELM00114 W H S HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit Earthing Bar - For safe earthing and equipotential bonding of equipment and installation components Material Electrolyte copper, 9x9 1 Earthing bar 2 Brackets Mounting material ELM00068 W H S HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP 24 for doubleprorack unit 21 for doubleprorack unit 18 for doubleprorack unit 15 for doubleprorack unit 45 for miracel unit 41 for miracel unit 12 for miracel unit Contact Clamp - For secure connection of equipment and installation components with the earthing bar - For cables up to 25 mm 2 20 Contact clamps W H S HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP units DOP20016 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 9.5

234 EXPRESS ITEM Express item in 24 hours ex plant: With Knürr you are always ahead of the competition Rapid Service Express item Swift express delivery service, smooth ordering process, attractive pricing and a marketoriented offer that s Knürr reliability! Each express item that is marked accordingly in this catalogue, leaves our European central store 24 hours after your order is received. High-grade quality and standardised solutions that always leave you that decisive step ahead of the competition! Global sales offices where expert application technicians and sales engineers specifically apply themselves to your special requirements and personally advise you are also available for you around the world. Don t hesitate in using them to your advantage!

235 ACTIVE COMPONENTS RMS compact 10.2 to 10.7 to KVM to

236 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Active Components RMS compact Strong points 10.2 RMS compact Adapter Panel 10.4 Sensors 10.5 RMS compact The safety system for network and server racks, and computer Solutions 10.6 Strong points 10.9 Access administration Combi Lock KVM Strong points KVM Switches KVM Connection Cable KVM SwitchMan Z-Series Paragon KVM Remote Control RMS20013 The options for system monitoring were previously limited to active components. With SNMP management systems, parameters such as data volumes, fault rates, equipment configuration and, of course, downtimes/ failure of individual connections or hardware components are all monitored. The causes for downtimes/failures of this kind, however, mostly remain unclear or are only first detected on-site (i.e. in the server or network rack). Observance of the required environmental parameters is extremely important for fault-free operation of high-grade components. Inadmissible fluctuations in temperature or humidity are frequently the cause of hardware defects. A constant automated monitoring of these parameters is therefore a basic requirement for assurance of proper functioning operability. With the rack monitoring systems that are available on the market today, these and other values can be recorded, and often directly forwarded to a superordinate management system. 10.2

237 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Recording of conditions alone is, however, often not sufficient to avert damages, as the time from occurrence of a critical condition until introduction of countermeasures can often be tight, especially with larger network environments. In such cases it is very helpful if the monitoring system can automatically perform actions (e.g. activate additional fans); the equipment should at least be able to immediately send a message (trap) to the management system when defined results emerge, and the management system will then send a message to the corresponding network supporter per SNMP trap, or pager. This enables sufficiently short reaction times and rapid fault localisation and clearance. With the option of connecting additional sensors to the monitoring system, such as smoke detectors, door contacts, shock sensors, etc., not only racks, but also complete rooms or building sections can be monitored. All relevant environmental parameters of a computer centre can consequently be recorded and evaluated in an easy and straightforward way. Please address any questions to: RMS-COMPACT@KNUERR.COM The main functions of a modern rack monitoring system are: Guaranteeing fault-free operation Early detection of fault influences Logging of events - simplification of service work with automatic monitoring Activation of countermeasures in the event of a fault Central control of consumption material statuses (filters, fill levels, meter readings, inspection intervals, etc.) 10.3

238 ACTIVE COMPONENTS RMS compact RMS20013 RMS20015 Description - Compact design - Zero unit solution (to mount outside the 19 installation space) - 19 Installation with 1HU adapter front panel (optional) - Safe clamping of all connected cables with integrated cable clamping bracket - Cost-effective tidy installation with Plug & Play concept - Convenient cabling with plug-in contacts - TCP/IP connection via Ethernet (10 Base T) - Configuration via SNMP, Telnet and web browser - Serial configuration via terminal emulation (e.g. hyper terminal) - Telnet and web access are passwordprotected - Viewer and configuration software (free of charge in the supply schedule) - Freely programmable filter system (boolean logic) for implementing all alarm conditions - Compatible with current network management systems HPOpenView, Cabletron Spectrum, Castlerock, IBM Netview, IBM Tivoli, MG-Soft, Compaq Insight Manager, SUN NetManager, etc. - Sensors for monitoring all current environmental influences (optional) - Internal power supply for sensor equipment (no additional power supply necessary) - Alarm warning via LED, relay or network management - Firmware upgrade via serial interface or TFTP - Integration of external equipment via V.24 possible (on request) Technical data - 2 Sensor inputs for temperature sensors or temperature/humidity sensors - 8 Digital inputs, can be configured using software - 8 Outputs, 12 VDC for power supply of external sensor systems - 3 Digital outputs (relay, max. 5A with 230 VAC) - Power supply: VAC - Operating voltage: 12VDC Approvals - CE Label in accordance with low voltage guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Colour - RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 RMS compact 1 Power supply 1 Mounting bracket 1 Power supply mounting bracket 1 Serial cable 1 CD ROM (with manual, viewer and configuration software, MIB file) - Flat-packed kit RMS compact W H D Model Order no. UP RMS compact set 19 Adapter Front Panel Description - Enables 19 installation in racks and enclosures - Prepared for easy and safe mounting of RMS compact Finish - Powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey 1 19 Adapter Front Panel, 1 HU RMS20014 Material - Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 19 Adapter Front Panel W H D HU Model Order no. UP unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.4

239 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Temperature Sensor Description - Insensitive to disturbances - No additional power supply required - Standard cable length, 4 m - Recalibration of the sensor not necessary. Calibration possible via configuration software. Technical data - Temperature measuring range, 0-60 C - Accuracy: +/- 5% 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable 1 Mounting kit RMS20019 (similar figure) Temperature sensor Model Order no. UP unit ECO Temperature Sensor LUF20069 Description - Insensitive to disturbances - No additional power supply required - Standard cable length, 4 m - Recalibration of the sensor not necessary. Calibration possible via configuration software. Technical data - Temperature measuring range, 0-60 C - Accuracy: +/- 5% 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable 1 Mounting kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP ECO unit Temperature/Humidity Sensor RMS20019 (similar figure) Description - Insensitive to disturbances - No additional power supply required - Standard cable length, 4 m - Recalibration of the sensor not necessary. Calibration possible via configuration software. Temperature/Humidity Sensor Technical data - Temperature measuring range, 0-60 C - Accuracy: +/- 5% - Humidity measuring range, 30-90% - Accuracy: +/- 5% 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable 1 Mounting kit Model Order no. UP unit Smoke Detector Description - Optical smoke detector with VdS approval - For early fire detection with smoke emission - Power supply provided via RMS compact - Standard cable length, 4 m Technical data - Operates from -20 C to +75 C 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable 1 Mounting kit RMS20005 Smoke Detector W H D Model Order no. UP Ø unit 10.5

240 SYSTEM MONITORING Door Contact Sensor RMS20006 Description - Magnet bridge sensor, works on every magnetic conductive material (no special mating part required) - Can also be used for monitoring side panels and roof - Standard cable length, 4 m Technical data - Operates from -20 C to +70 C - Switching voltage, max. 200 VDC - Switching current, max. 500mA 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable 1 Mounting kit Door Contact Sensor W H D Model Order no. UP unit Water Sensor Description - Detects presence of water Technical data - Operating voltage: max. 24 VDC 1 Sensor with 2 m connection cable 1 Mounting bracket RMS20031 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Vibration Sensor Description - Detects vibrations - Theft protection - Reset possible via viewer software 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable RMS20019 W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit Passive Infrared Movement Sensor RMS20032 Description - Room monitoring with the latest state-of-the-art technology Technical data - VdS approval: Classes A + B - Volumetric lens range 2-16 m - Long lens range m - Curtain lens range m - Manipulation monitoring - Digital fault evaluation - Corner or wall mounting 1 Sensor with 4 m connection cable 1 Mounting kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit AC Voltage Monitoring Description - Monitors the AC power supply via an IEC Euro connector - Signals the status via an integrated signal cable to the RMSCompact Technical data Monitored AC voltage: Connections: 230 V AC 50/60 HZ IEC plug, fixed connection cable RMS Sensor with 4 m data cable 1 Mounting kit W H D HU/U h d kg Model Order no. UP unit 10.6

241 to

242 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Problem outline with locking systems Unauthorized access - by own employees - by external companies - uncontrolled access - decentralised access authorizations - key problem - loss of key - single key system - many different keys The mechanical/electro-mechanical comparison MIR20107 Cylinder lock systems + Simple technical version + Cost-effective with individual locking + No power supply required - Easily duplicated - Replacement (among other factors) problematic - Code conversion expensive with locking systems - Key-connected, which means transferrable with key hand-over (theft) - Logging and monitoring very expensive/time-consuming Electronic systems + Various locking options + Opening permission possible without a key being required + Opening permission can be granted/withdrawn almost immediately + Lock control / logging possible + Remote opening per PC / Internet / mobile phone / SMS + Expandable and easy code conversion lock system - Power supply required Locking solutions Control components to choose from Electronic locking systems Mechanical combination lock Standard locking with half-cylinder MIR20113 MIR20285 MIR

243 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Modules Control components for electronic locking systems Transponder Network (server) Interlocking: security with multi-point interlocking mechanism MIR00423 Decentralised rack suite - Each rack/each door can be opened separately - via own address Access authorization administration Access monitoring Locking mechanism control Access logging MIR

244 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Embedded solution Administration Monitoring Logging Remote access Network LAN WAN Internet MIR20099 Individual Locking / Stand-Alone Solution Access authorization administration Monitored access Interlocking mechanism control Access logging MIR

245 ACTIVE Strong points The very small and modular design means that no additional space or greater installation depths is required in the rack. Contacts for emergency power supply that can be activated externally using trade standard batteries are integrated into each swing handle. Each device of the series can be networked with the other devices, which results in numerous possible combinations and options. Every opening process can be protocolled in the network. Existing network structures can be used for networking. An integrated light-emitting diode signals with different colours to inform whether or not the current access is authorised. Swing Handle Security for racks in the data and networking area MIR Conventional keys are replaced by electro-mechanical locking components. - A servomotor pulls the retaining awl back and releases the handle. - Actively opening the door is, however, made with the hand as before. - Easy exchange of the swing handle with later installation using unchanged installation opening. - Intended for standardised installation openings of conventional swing handle. - Can be easily and quickly upgraded to locking system. - Convenient administration of access Swing Handle, HID/IP - The swing handle opens after a registered transponder card has been read. - With the HID variant, the communication between swing handle and PC runs via a junction box and a server. - The IP swing handle, by contrast, is configured via an IP address and is connected directly via the network to the PC. - Up to 2,048 HID cards per swing handle can be configured using a registered master card. - Configuration of the cards via the network is also possible with the included software. Technical Swing Handle, HID (optional IP remote connection) VAC, power supply not included in the supply schedule - Operation with 12VDC/40mA (max. 430mA) - Multi-colour status LED - Real-time clock - Network communication is made via external server (gateway) - Up to 250 handles can be administered per server (IP Swing Handle, IP VAC, power supply not included in the supply schedule - Operation with 12VDC/40mA (max. 430mA) - Multi-colour status LED - Real-time clock - Network communication with cabled connection via integrated Ethernet 10/100 Base T Function - Opens after reading a registered card - Memory for 32 time segments - Memory for 2,048 cards per lever - Integrated logbook for 500 events - Result-related communication khz transponder with unique code (HID 26 bit Swing Handle, HID 1 Swing handle, HID 1 Reader 1 Reader connection cable 1 Network node, CX Network cable, Swing Handle, IP 1 Swing handle, IP 1 Reader 1 Reader connection cable 1 Data CD 10.11

246 ACTIVE junction box, CX2001 MIR20280 The junction box is used to consecutively switch the swing handle of the HID series and connect with the server. The junction box has three ports INPUT, MODULE and OUTPUT. INPUT The INPUT is connected with the output of the previous junction box of the previous handle of the strand. The INPUT port of the first junction box box is connected with the server. These connections are set up with the CN2001 cable. MODULE The MODULE port is connected via a CN2001 cable with the reader module of the HID series. OUTPUT The OUTPUT port is connected with the INPUT of the next junction box of the strand. If the junction box is the last of the strand, the termination pull-up resistor is attached to the OUTPUT port (included in the server supply schedule). Technical data - Operating voltage, 12V DC/throughput current, 1.5 A max. - 3 Outputs, modular plug, 8p/8c (RJ45) - 1 Input, DC socket with 2.1 mm pin - Earthing screw, M4, earth connected with GND Function/applications electrical connection - Lightening and overvoltage protection module - EMC fault attenuation - Installation simplification - Voltage connection (with circuit breaker) - Interconnection of HID equipment - HID equipment power supply Server Server is the interface between the HID swing handles connected via the RS485 cable and the network connected via X-Port. It is used for intermediary storage of results and tasks and can administer up to 250 users (swing handle). The X-Port can be configured using the RS 232 interface. Server has an integrated real-time clock, which is buffered when power fails for up to 1 hour. Technical data - Power supply: via an external plug-in power supply, 12V (DC) - Nominal current: 80mA (DC) - Max. power consumption: 200mA (DC) - Main board RS interface: Cable (A, B, GND, +12V), max. length to the next gateway 5m - PC interface: RS 232 cable (RXD, TXD, DTR, RTS, GND, +12V), RJ 45 plug, 8-pole - Network interface: X-Port, RJ 34 plug, 8-pole - Memory space for max. 10 x 250 tasks: Tasks - Memory space for max. 100 events: events - Max. number of 250 units swing handles: - Integrated real-time clock: with buffering of up to 60 min at 25ºC 10.12

247 ACTIVE Software Programme MIR20282 software is the user interface for controlling and configuring Swing Handle. Using this software, the administrator can create access codes and HID cards and assign users. The handle can be controlled in real-time from the software platform. All actions that are directly related with the swing handles are stored in an SQL database (e.g. opening, closing, granted accesses and accesses rejected on the basis of non-authorization). Technical data - MS Windows 2000/NT etc. - SQL database - TCP/IP network connection to the swing handles - The number of handles and gateways is only restricted by the capacity of the computer - Communication with swing handle via server (gateways) or directly Swing Handle, IP Functions/applications - Stand-alone administration programme for system - Requires max. 3-4 seconds for a status update - Administration of users and rights - Administration of HID cards, opening of active keys and access codes, closing, activation or deactivation of swing handles - Observation of authorised and unauthorised access attempts - Recording of all events connected with swing handles - Central observation of swing handle - Combination of all swing handles and servers - Recording of Desktop Reader The transponder cards are read into the administration software using the desktop reader. This enables the later configuration of the access media in the system (lock plan creation). The desktop reader is connected via the RS-232 interface with the PC on which the administration software is installed. The transponder card is inserted in the read-out unit for reading the transponder ID. The reading process can be initiated in the administration software by then clicking a key. Technical data - Power supply: 12V +- 10% (DC max. 400mA) via low voltage socket - Nominal current: 80mA (DC) - RS232 interface: RS 232 cable (RXD, TXD, GND, Reader present, PC present), 38,400 baud - Connection cable: (reader readout unit) 8-pole, 250 cm, UL stranded wire AWG 26 MIR20281 Model Order no. Server, HID Swing Handle, HID Swing Handle, IP Network Node, CX Network Cable, CN Desktop Reader, HID Transponder Card unit Power Supply, PMI 2001, EU unit Power Supply, PMI 2001, UK unit Power Supply, PMI 2001, US unit Power Supply, PMI 2001, Japan unit Power Supply, PMI 2001, Australia unit 10.13

248 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Combi Lock Security and flexibility realised mechanically - This additional lock, the aptly named Override, produces a combination swing handle with particularly special advantages - Innovative combination swing handle with two activation options - Independent opening and closing of the swing handle via combination or cylinder lock - General key function possible with rack suites - Can be used for right and left closing doors Installation In the standard installation opening of the miracel rack doors. Quick mounting with plug-in connections and screw fittings Technical data - Cylinder lock - Combination lock can be individually set with 3 digits - Independent activation 1 Swing handle with combi lock 1 Mounting material set Model Order no. UP Combi Lock unit MIR20095 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.14

249 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM to

250 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Strong points Selection criteria / Strong points Analogue KVM solutions Users Servers/PCs - SwitchMan 1 2/4 PCs - MasterConsole 1/2 4/8/16 servers (up to 256 servers can be cascaded) - Z-Series 1 42 servers - Paragon II 2/4/8/16 32/42/64 servers (up to 10,000 servers can be cascaded) IP Extender Users IP Reach LARAeco 1 IP Reach, M-Series 1-2 IP Reach, TR-Series 1-4 Digital KVM solutions Users Servers - Dominion KX 1/2 16/32 servers - MasterConsole IP 1 8/16 servers Serial console server Users Ports - Dominion SX 1 16/32 serial ports Digital KVM solution + serial console server Users Ports - Dominion KSX 1 4/8 serial ports 4/8 KVM ports Remote power management IEC320 socket Control PCR 8/12/20 serial Smart start 1x8 / 2x4 IP CommandCentre

251 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Strong points KVM stands for Keyboard, Video and Mouse. These three elements are referred to collectively as a KVM console. The main usage purpose of a KVM switch is to connect a single KVM console with several pieces of equipment. This enables access to and control of several computers or servers for users via the console. KVM switches provide organisations and companies of all sizes with the following advantages with individual or multi-user access to several servers: Reduced costs As the need to connect a keyboard, a monitor and a mouse no longer applies with integration of a KVM switch, only very few key board, monitor and mouse Analogue KVM Switch components are required for administering numerous servers. This not only reduces hardware costs, but rather also saves valuable space and simplifies power supply, heating and cooling. Improved business continuity KVM switches enable out-ofband access to servers and other IT equipment required within a company. They are not independent as such from the company backbone or company network. The access, administration and control of the servers are consequently also guaranteed with a downtime of the company network. A complete system restart can even be performed via a KVM switch from a remote location. Digital KVM Switch Access/ Out-of-band In-band connection Network-independent Network-dependent Advantages Better Fewer cables video capacity/ Easier and utilization cost-efficient Unblocked access scalability Requires less Uses existing network bandwidth LAN infrastructure Disadvantages More Cat5 cables Users are subject required to the KVM via IP More components restrictions: Video quality reduced by distance - Latency - Unwanted image changes Busy network bandwidth Access blocking (restricted console availability) Typical Computer centre with up Companies (500 and applications to 300 servers and up to more servers, 50 and 32 simultaneous users more simultaneous users or several locations/ remote environment) Independent of hardware platforms and operating systems KVM switches are designed for heterogenous server environments. They are not dependent on the hardware or the operating system of a specific manufacturer. They can be used in IT environments with servers of different manufacturers, such as HP, IBM and Sun, and various operating systems, such as Solaris, Unix or Windows. Analogue and digital KVM switches: Which switch do your require for your organisations? There is no one right answer to this question. Both analogue switch solutions with modular KVM via IP functions and digital switch solutions with integrated KVM via IP provide specific advantages. An analogue out-ofband KVM solution is generally best suited for small to mediumsized computer centres. Digital in-band KVM solutions by contrast are the best choice for large national or globally distributed computer centres. Digital and analogue solutions can be used independently of one another, or combined, depending on the requirements of your company. With one or two integrated switches in an analogue solution, you can set up a connection with a small number of servers. A digital KVM solution enables connection with a large number of computer centres at several locations. Depending on the requirement, you can however also design a combined solution with analogue and digital KVM switches. The table summarises some of the more important differences between analogue and digital KVM solutions

252 ACTIVE COMPONENTS SwitchMan Controls 4 PCs from one keyboard, one monitor and one mouse KVM20063 SIG20029 KVM20263 Organise your desk! Save space, time and money. SwitchMan is the desktop KVM switch for everyone that wants to operate 2 or more PCs from their workstation. Just connect the PCs and the selected keyboard, monitor and mouse to the SwitchMan. It s that easy! You now have access to and control of the PCs via your central keyboard, your monitor and your mouse. Use SwitchMan to: - Save space by avoiding superfluous periphery equipment - Avoid costs of new periphery equipment for new PCs - Save time with central access to each PC SwitchMan is perfect for: - People that operate several PCs at work or at home - Software developers - PC test procedures - Network administrators Features - Works with all PS2 and AT computers - Fault-free booting and operation - Complete keyboard/mouse emulation - Dedicated processors for each channel - Individual selector switches with LED displays x 1200 resolution - PCs AutoScan with user-defined rate - Supports Microsoft IntelliMouse - Switching with the buttons on the front or with a simple HotKey command - Power supply through connected PCs (with USB version, power supply included in supply schedule) SwitchMan PS2 specifications Dimensions 256 mm (W) x 140 mm (D) x 53 mm (H), weight 0.7 kg User connection VGA monitor HD15 female PS/2 keyboard mini-din 6 pin, female PS/2 mouse mini-din 6 pin, female PC connection VGA monitor HD 15 female PS/2 keyboard mini-din 6 pin, female PS/2 mouse mini-din 6 pin, female Serial mouse DB9 female Certification FCC Class B SwitchMan CP specifications Dimensions 76 mm (W) x 98 mm (D) x 25 mm (H), weight 0.54 kg User connection VGA monitor HDDB15 female PS/2 keyboard mini-din 6 pin, female PS/2 mouse mini-din 6 pin, female PC connection VGA monitor HDDB15 female PS/2 keyboard mini-din 6 pin, female PS/2 mouse mini-din 6 pin, female SwitchMan USB specifications Dimensions SwitchMan: 1/2 USB 184 mm (W) x 123 mm (D) x 45 mm (H) SwitchMan: 1/4 USB 235 mm (W) x 142 mm (D) x 45 mm (H) SwitchMan 1/2 USB, weight 0.72 kg SwitchMan 1/4 USB, weight 1.05 kg User connection VGA monitor HDDB15 female Keyboard USB Type A Mouse USB Type A PC connection VGA monitor HDDB15 female Keyboard USB Type B Mouse USB Type B KVM HU Consoles Computers Connections Order no. UP SwitchMan 1/2 PS VGA/PS2/PS unit SwitchMan 1/4 PS VGA/PS2/PS unit SwitchMan 1/2 CP VGA/PS2/PS unit Fixed cable connection SwitchMan 1/2 USB VGA/USB/USB unit SwitchMan 1/4 USB VGA/USB/USB unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Connection cable Length Connections Order no. UP CSW m PS unit CSW30 3 m PS unit CSW USB m USB unit CSW USB m USB unit Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.18

253 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch MasterConsole KVM20293 Two-level configuration. Cascade the MasterConsole unit and administer up to 128 or 256 servers, depending on the model. Control your servers with this simple and completely equipped KVM solution. Recover valuable space and increase productivity. Area of application By using this switch you can remove expensive and superfluous equipment by awarding centralised control from one single workstation to 1 or 2 users. Individual models control 4, 8 or 16 servers and the switches can be cascaded in such a way that you can administrate up to 256 servers. The solution functions with all leading server types: PC, Sun, Mac, Alpha, RS/6000, HP/9000, SGI and serial-controlled equipment; it also provides USB support. The solution is compatible with all combinations of computers that run with Windows NT, Windows 2000, Novell NetWare, Solaris,UNIX or Linux. Especially thin coxial cables are used for connecting computers/ servers. These require less space and ensure simple and straightforward cable management. The cable is available in lengths, 0.6, 2, 4, 6 or 9 meters. System components MasterConsole II - Enables access for a single user to up to 256 servers by cascading several units - Password protection integrated - Offers selection of 3 models: MCC4 for up to 4 servers MCC8 for up to 8 servers MCC16 for up to 16 servers MasterConsole MXU2 - Enables access for 2 simultaneous users to up to 128 servers by cascading several units - Connection of the 2nd user is made via a Cat5 e-cable and enables a remote access over a distance of up to 300 meters (with the URKVMG model receiver at a remote workstation). - Saves up to 120 usernames and profiles: MXU28 for up to 8 servers. MXU216 for up to 16 servers. Component specifications W H D kg Power Supply Model Order no. UP V/230V 20 Watt Auto Sensing MCC V/230V 20 Watt Auto Sensing MCC V/230V 20 Watt Auto Sensing MCC V/230V 20 Watt Auto Sensing MXU V/230V 20 Watt Auto Sensing MXU216 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.19

254 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch MasterConsole HU Model Model Order no. UP MasterConsole II (desktop) MCC4 1 user x 4 server ports unit MCC8 1 user x 8 server ports unit MCC16 1 user x 16 server ports unit MasterConsole II (rack installation) 1 MCC4R 1 user x 4 server ports unit 2 MCC16R 1 user x 16 server ports unit MasterConsole MXU2 1 MXU28 2 users x 8 server ports unit 2 MXU216 2 users x 16 server ports unit MasterConsole MXU2 + URKVMG 1 MXU28G 2 users x 8 server ports unit 2 MXU216G 2 users x 16 server ports unit Connection cable, PS/2 Server to MasterConsole Model Length Model Order no. UP CCP m unit CCPT m unit CCPT m unit CCPT m unit CCPT m unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.20

255 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM20033 RACKDR1 KVM20052 KVM Switch - Z-Series The ultimate space-saver Raritan s innovative Z-Series provides a switchless solution for access to and control of several servers. The access is made from a user console (keyboard, monitor and mouse) without causing valuable space in server racks or shelves to be occupied in the process. The Z-Series 4200U works with Raritan s unique data transmission technology, with which up to 42 servers can be controlled with this switch. The previously used Single Access KVM Switches with their expensive server-to-server cabling are no longer required. The system supports the demanding requirements in the server management area. The Z-Series also proves its value through the low space requirement and the CAT5(E) cabling technology, which enables remote access to computer systems up to an overall distance of 300 meters. Area of application - High number of 1 HU and 2 HU rackmount servers in the 19 racks - Condensed data centre, external business premises, ISPs, ASPs - Computer test labs, call centre, help desk, training rooms Simplified installation and operation The Z-Series replaces the traditional cabling of KVM switches for servers with the innovative, chain-like server-to-server cabling. This significantly reduces the expense for cabling while simultaneously increasing the access distances. Small Computer Interface Modules (Z-CIM) are connected to the KVM ports of the computers and connected with one another with CAT5(E) cable. The Z-CIMs transmit the keyboard, monitor and mouse signals to the Z-Series user station, to which monitor, keyboard (PS/2 or SUN) and mouse are connected. The user can select and control up to 42 servers with the easy to operate on-screen menu. The Z-Series system is a Plug & Play system, with which individual servers can be added during running operation. The server operation is not affected. Seamless interface to Raritan s Paragon System Server management system in the enterprise class. The Z-Series ist Paragon compatible. The system enables the cluster-oriented, convenient access to and control of server groups in data centres in which a number of server racks with a high server density are installed. A cluster is easily set up by connecting the first Z-CIM module of the Z-Series to the Paragon basic unit. System components A Z-Series system consists of two components: the user console and the computer interface modules (Z-CIMs). The Computer Interface Module (Z-CIM) is connected to the keyboard, monitor and mouse outputs of the respective computer and provides failure-safe access to the computer with the Raritan keyboard/ mouse emulation. The Z-CIMs are connected via one single CAT5(E) cable respectively with the next module; the first Z-CIM in the chain is connected to the user console. The user console enables the selection and control of up to 42 servers via a simple on-screen user interface from the user console (PC or SUN keyboard, mouse and monitor). Component specifications User console USTS Dimensions Weight Power 290mm (W) x 255mm (D) x 44mm (H) 0.6 Kg 100V/240V 50/60 Hz 5VA Z-Series Computer Interface Modules UKVMSPD (for PC) Dimensions Weight Outputs 62mm (W) x 89mm (D) x 25mm (H) 0.33 Kg RJ45 IN/OUT Additional for local PC KVM ports UKVMSC (for PC) Dimensions Weight Power (optional) Outputs 108mm (W) x 91mm (D) x 25mm (H) 0.31 Kg 100V/240V 50/60 Hz 5VA RJ45 IN/OUT Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound HU Model Model Order no. UP 0 Z4200U Starter Kit (incl. 1x USTS, 3xUKVMSPD,1xTER-RJ45) unit 0 Z4200U US TS Z4200U User Station unit 0 Z4200U UKVMSPD Z4200 U PS/2 Interface Module (direct connect) unit 0 Z4200U UKVMSC Z4200 U PS/2 Interface Module with local KVM unit 0 Z4200U Bulk Pack with 20 UKVMSPD unit 0 Z4200U UKVMSPD-40PAC Bulk Pack with 40 UKVMSPD unit 0 Z4200U TER-RJ45 RJ 45 Terminator (1 required per suite) unit 10.21

256 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch Paragon II The stackable CAT5 KVM solution KVM20266 Paragon II, is the leading stackable Cat5 KVM (keyboard/video/mouse) solution. It enables control access to servers and other equipment at all times and from everywhere. With Paragon II you can stack up to 128 ports per switch, and using multidimensional expansion you can add up to 10,000 ports. Equipment costs are significantly reduced and existing space is optimally used with the advanced Paragon II KVM switch technology. This Paragon generation also provides the highest degree of operating convenience, security and video quality for easy administration of computer centres. Area of application Non blocked access Up to 64 users receive direct access to up to 10,000 servers. Stackable Each master switch can also be expanded by 128 ports via slave equipment. Subsequent advantages: - Reduced cable requirement between Paragon II units. - Reduces costs by more than 30%. - Reduces the space in the server rack and the required HVAC resources by a third. A Paragon system consists of at least three components. All components are connected with one another with a category 5 e-cable. Master Unit (P2-UMTxxxxM) - A secure, intelligent and non-blocked control unit for connecting users and servers. Its stackable architecture enables an extremely high port density, which is why this switch is ideally suited for comprehensive computer centres. User Station (P2-UST) - Connects each user console (keyboard, monitor, mouse) with the Master Unit and consequently provides the user interface to computers. Computer Interface Module (P2CIM) - Connects each computer with the Master Unit and delivers dedicated keep-alive keyboard/mouse emulation and failure-safe server access. Optional Stacking Unit (P2-UMTxxxxS) - The cost-effective and spacesaving expansion unit with which the KVM system can be expanded to up to 128 ports without any difficulty with maintenance of a non-blocked access, whereby 90% less cable per switch is required. The stacking units are compatible with the Paragon II models, UMT832M and UMT1664M. Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.22

257 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch Paragon II The stackable CAT5 KVM solution KVM20255 Features - Connection of all components is made with one single category 5 UTP cable - Localises users and computers up to 300 meters from one another - Cross-platform support with seamless access to all operating systems, platforms and connections: Linux, Windows NT, UNIX, Novell, Sun, IBM RS/6000 and pseries, HP9000, Alpha, SGI, ASCII/serial USB or PS/2. - High video quality over further distances. The automatic Paragon II video optimisation provides the best possible video quality. - Optional flexible server access both in and outside the computer centre, worldwide via IP - Easy plug-and-play installation with automatic configuration - Keep-alive keyboard/mouse emulation for fault-free operation - Hot-swappable components with no effect on server operation - User station supports PS/2 and Sun keyboard - High-performance, intuitive on-screen user interface for easy operation - Tailor-made user profiles - Flexible, multi-level security for guaranteeing authorised computer access - Three system operation modes: Private mode - Exclusive user control of the selected computer - PublicView mode - Users can have shared use of the video of the selected computer PC Share mode - Users can use shared operation of the selected computer - Flash firmware update Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.23

258 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Component specifications W H D kg Power Supply Model Order no. UP V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A P2-UMT V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A P2-UMT V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A P2-UMT 832M V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A P2-UMT 1664M V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A P2-UMT 832S V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A P2-UMT 1664S V/240V 50/60 Hz/0.6A PS-UST KVM P2-CIM-x HU Model Model Order no. UP Master Unit 1 P2-UMT242 2 users x 42 server ports unit 1 P2-UMT442 4 users x 42 server ports unit 1 P2-UMT832M 8 users x 32 server ports unit 2 P2-UMT1664M 16 users x 64 server ports unit Stacking Unit 1 P2-UMT832S 32 expansion server ports for P2-UMT832M unit 2 P2-UMT1664S 64 expansion server ports for P2-UMT1664M unit User station 1 P2-UST Analogue access with PS/2, USB or SUN console unit Computer Interface Module P2CIM-PS2 CIM for PS/ unit P2CIM-PS2-32PAC CIMs for PS/ units P2CIM-PS2-64PAC CIMs for PS/ units P2CIM-SUN CIM for SUN unit P2CIM-USB CIM for USB unit P2CIM-SUSB CIM for SUN USB unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.24

259 ACTIVE COMPONENTS IP Extender / IP Reach KVM IP remote access via Internet, LAN/WAN or modem/isdn KVM20259 With IP Reach you can easily, quickly and extremely reliably access remote-controlled to several servers that are connected with a KVM (keyboard, video, mouse) switch and operate them regardless of where you or your servers are. Area of application IP Reach can be connected to outputs for keyboard, monitor and mouse of a server or to a KVM switch. It uses a high-performance realtime video-digitalised and video compression algorithm, with which the video signal is received, digitalised and compressed and then transmitted to a remote PC. The remote user has the ability to directly access and fully control the destination server. Use IP Reach at any time and from anywhere for convenient server access: - Server control from inside and outside a building - Central administration of servers in branch offices - Provides remote support for global data centres - Problem-free, reconfiguration and restart of servers from your house - Provides convenient and secure lights-out server administration KVM20261 Features (TR and M Series) - Up to 4 IP access ports for KVM switches or servers and up to 4 direct, analogue access ports. - Web-based KVM access via Internet, LAN/WAN or dial-in modem. - Web-based access to serial console. - Web-based administration of IP Reach environments. - DHCP or fixed IP configuration. - Network-independent access via integrated modem (TR Series) or dedicated modem port (M Series). - High-performance energy supply and fault-free Ethernet (TR Series) - SNMP-capable - Keyboard macro mapping - No effect on the performance capacity of the destination server - Upgrades of firmware possible via network - SSL 128 bit, RSA public key, 128 bit private input encryption - User confirmation with optional RADIUS support - Use of only one additional, open network port for protecting firewall settings. - Individually configurable user profiles for multi-level security - Private security button and IP filtering - User event logging - Ability to deactivate modem and browser access - Automatic log-out of inactive users Specification of components, IP-Reach, TR-Series W H D Model Order no. UP HE, IPR-TRX 1 unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.25

260 ACTIVE COMPONENTS IP Extender / IP Reach KVM IP remote access via Internet, LAN/WAN or modem/isdn KVM20259 KVM20261 Weight: 13.4 Kg Power supply: Redundant, 110/220V autoswitching; Hz KVM ports: DB25 female for servers or KVM switch IPR-TR364 4 ports IPR-TR362 2 ports IPR-TR361 1 port Users connections: DB25 male For user consoles Direct analogue access IPR-TR364 4 Ports IPR-TR362 2 ports IPR-TR361 1 port Serial connection: DB9M (DTE) Admin connection: PS/2 keyboard; PS/2 mouse; HD15 VGA Video Remote access Network: Dual failover 10/100 Ethernet (RJ45) Modem: Integrated 56K V.90 (RJ11 port) Protocols: TCP/IP, UDP, RADIUS, SNMP, SNTP,DHCP, PAP, CHAP, HTTP Screen resolution PC text mode: 720x400 PC graphic mode: 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, 1152x864, 1280x1024 Sun video mode: 1024x768, 1152x900, 1280x1024 Accessories (included in the supply schedule) Cable: All cables for connection to the PC or a KVM switch Remote access Raritan Remote Software: Control software or access via web browser (Win32) KVM20260 IP Reach works using standard web browsers and enables simultaneous observation of the server across the platforms. It is compatible with KVM switches from Raritan and other manufacturers. IP Reach, M Series Model: 1HU, wall rack including Rackmount bracket Dimensions: 436mm (W) x 264mm (D) x 44mm (H) Weight: 3.91 Kg IPR-M Kg IPR-M1 Power 110/220V auto-switsupply: ching; Hz KVM DB25 female connections: For servers or KVM switch IPR-M2 2 ports IPR-M1 1 port Users: PS/2 keyboard; PS/2 Connections: Mouse, HD15 VGA video; for user consoles, direct analogue access IPR-M2 2 ports IPR-M1 1 port Serial DB9M (DTE) connection: Admin PS/2 keyboard; PS/2 connection: Mouse; HD15 VGA video Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.26

261 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM20259 IP Reach, Lara ECO Dimensions: 107mm (W) x 177mm (D) x 22mm (H) Weight: 0.5 kg Power Ext. plug-in power supply: 3.3V / 2.5A KVM transmission Transmission: Keyboard, video and mouse signals Screen Max. 1280x1024 resolution: pixels with 75 Hz frame frequency Data rate: Automatic adjustment to the transmission channel Operation: Via all Java-capable browsers Ports Local port: Serial port: 2 x PS/2 for keyboard and mouse HD 15 connector for monitor Configuration, external modem Remote access Network: 10/100 Ethernet (RJ45) IP configu- With DHCP/bootp ration: or static Protocols: HTTP/1.1 and HTTPS (secure) Web Server Proprietary Console Video Protocol HU Model Model Order no. UP 1 IPR LARA eco 1 user unit 1 IPR M1 1 user unit 1 IPR M2 2 users unit 2 IPR TR361 1 user unit 2 IPR TR362 2 users unit 2 IPR TR364 4 users unit TR36X-FG 1 channel upgrade for TR361, TR unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.27

262 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch, Dominion KX KVM control using web browser KVM20256 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound The Dominion KX is a secure, digital KVM device in the enterprise class that combines analogue switching with the high performance KVM via IP technology (remote access). Area of application On the server rack the Dominion KX enables control at BIOS level of up to 32 servers and other IT devices via just one keyboard, one monitor and one mouse. In contrast to most other KVM solutions the Dominion KX has additional integrated capacities for remote access. Using a web browser you consequently obtain the same control at BIOS level of the servers from everywhere.the Dominion KX, which is designed for all IT areas, combines unrestricted access with a high degree of security, integrated interface for power supply control, easy administration and the highest possible video quality. This is all combined in one device with only 1 HU that can be either operated as stand alone or with other solutions, including CommandCenter. System components The Dominion KX consists of two components: the digital KVM Switch and the Computer Interface Module (CIM). Each CIM is connected with the KVM ports of a server and delivers a keep alive keyboard/ mouse emulation, which ensures that the server never crashes. The CIMs also convert video signals for transmission via UTP cable (Cat5/5e/6). The Dominion KX Switch is connected with each CIM and provides KVM via IP capacities for remote access and a port for local access for controlling the servers in the server rack. Remote users can access the Dominion KX via each networked workstation with a standard web browser. Features - Easy to install in server rack with a form factor of 1HU - Local user port for access in the server rack - Integrated user interface for power supply control - UTP cabling (Cat5/5e/6) - Highest port density - Plug&Play installation - Multi-platform CIMs for PS/2, Sun and USB equipment - Dual Fail Over 10/100 Ethernet - Public SSL 128 bit RSA public key, 128 bit private key encryption - All data, including video transmission, is encrypted - Central authentification with LDAP, RADIUS or active directory support - Protocolling and authentification of the local access and remote access - Use of only one configurable TCP port for maintenance of strict firewall settings - Adjusted user profiles - Flash firmware updates - Integrated web-based solution for access and administration - Intuitive graphic user interface (GUI) - High colour support (15-Bit+) - Adjustable video settings for various bandwidths - Lowest bandwidth requirement - Quickest mouse synchronisation 10.28

263 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch, Dominion KX KVM control via web browser KVM20256 Model: 1HU/19 width (19 brackets also supplied) Operating temperature: 0º 40ºC Humidity: 20% - 85% RH Remote connection Network: Dual Fail Over 10/100 Ethernet (RJ45) Modem port: DB9(F) DTE Protocols: TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UDP, RADIUS, LDAP(S), SNTP, DHCP, PAP, CHAP Port for local access Video: HD15(F) VGA Keyboard/ Mini DIN6(F) PS/2 Mouse: USB A (F) Screen resolutions PC text mode: 720x400 PC graphic 640x480, 800x600, mode: 1024x768, 1152x864, 1280x1024 Sun video 1024x768, mode: 1152x900, 1280x1024 Component specifications W H D kg Power Supply Model Order no. UP V/240V, 50/60Hz, 0.6A KXx V/240V, 50/60Hz, 0.6A DCIM-x V/240V, 50/60Hz, 0.6A KX V/240V, 50/60Hz, 0.6A KX V/240V, 50/60Hz, 0.6A KX V/240V, 50/60Hz, 0.6A DCIM-x HU Model Model Order no. UP 1 KX116 1 remote user x 16 server ports unit 1 KX216 2 remote users x 16 server ports unit 1 KX232 2 remote users x 32 server ports unit Computer Interface Module DCIM-PS2 CIM for PS/ unit DCIM-SUN CIM for SUN unit DCIM-USB CIM for USB unit DCIM-SUSB CIM for SUN USB unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.29

264 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Switch MasterConsole, IP KVM control via web browser The Dominion IP provides an 8 or 16-port high performance KVM switch that combines analogue switching with the high performance KVM via IP technology (remote access). Area of application The MasterConsole IP requires only 1 HU. It reliably controls up to 8 or 16 servers locally or remotely, and provides complete web browser-based remote access, also for local access via standard monitor, keyboard and mouse. And all this with the best possible picture quality. The switch is operated via an on-screen display or a web-based interface. Features - Compact solution in only 1 HU - No additional software or licenses required - Quickest browser-based screen video - Real power management can be integrated using Power over KVM - Highest possible security thanks to SSL Standard up to 256 bit - Auto calibration and automatic adjustment of the display window on the screen resolution of the remote computer - Support of all Vesa graphic and text modes - Intuitive on-screen display - Individual user access to specific KVM ports can be restricted - Up to 200 user profiles can be individually defined with individual rights - Certificate management - Configurable TCP/IP port numbers - Individual user access to specific KVM ports can be restricted - 16-Port solution cascadeable up to 136 ports Component specifications Dimensions: 438mm (W) x 185mm (D) x 44mm (H) Power external plug-in supply: Power supply, 12V, 3.75A Remote connection Network: 10/100 BaseT Ethernet with autosensing (RJ45) LEDs for link, 10/100 Mbit/s and activity Protocols: TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, SNTP, DHCP Port for local access Video: HD15(F) VGA Keyboard/ Mini DIN6(F) PS/2 Mouse: Serial port Connection: Sub D9 Application: Configuration, external modem, control of serial devices via TelNet KVM Port 18IP 8 x HD 15 Comboconnector 116IP 16 x HD 15 Comboconnector Screen resolutions Local port: 1920x1440 with 60Hz IP Port: 1280x1024 with 75Hz 10.30

265 ACTIVE COMPONENTS HU Model Model Order no. UP 1 MasterConsole 18IP 1 remote user x 8 server ports unit 1 MasterConsole 18IP+ 1 remote user x 8 server ports unit Including all cables 1 MasterConsole 116IP 1 remote user x 16 server ports unit 1 MasterConsole 116IP+1 1 remote user x 16 server ports unit Including all cables KVM20294 Connection cable Length Connections Order no. UP MCIP system cable m unit MCIP system cable, m unit MCIP system cable, m unit MCIP system cable, m unit MCIP16-port cascading unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item See also: the current Telecom Special Catalogue! Where you will find more products: Indoor 19 rack systems Outdoor 19 rack systems Free-standing and wall cabinets Power supply systems Thermal management Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.31

266 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Serial Console Server SX Strong points KVM20256 Dominion SX enables IT employees to safely monitor and control all serial equipment at all times and from anywhere. Area of application The Dominion SX Series includes everything that you could ever expect from a secure console server - and more: a secure and scalable solution, easy to install and easy to use. The Dominion SX enables central administration of all users, servers and IT equipment, including: - Servers and headless servers: Sun Solaris, Sun Cobalt, HP-UX, UNIX, Linux servers, IBM /AIX servers, Windows 2003 servers - WAN equipment ISDN terminal adapter, channel banks, CSU/DSU, PBX/PABX - Network equipment Routers, Ethernet switches, Ethernet firewalls, Ethernet load balancer - Power management: All serial controlled power strips and UPS equipment System components Depending on the model, the devices have 16 or 32 ports. Connection of the serial devices is made via Cat5(E)/6 with an associated adapter as 9DB or 25DB plug-in. Features - Light and convenient point-andclick access via a web browser from a desktop computer or laptop. - Procurement, administration and maintenance of SSH and/or terminal client software for host and client not required. - TCL scripts for remote monitoring and results notification simplify the system administration tasks. - Can be put into operation within minutes using Plug-and-Play and without client software. - Maximum security-encrypts the entire communication with the 128 bit secure socket layer (SSL) handshake protocol and RC4 - The architecture prevents unauthorized and unintentional adding, changing and deletion and does not enable access to the operating system of the console server. - All users and administrators use the same type of authentification, authorization and accounting (AAA). - Supports user-defined security certificates. - Encrypts and saves user names and IDs with the MD5 hash code. Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.32

267 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Serial Console Server SX Secure control via web browser KVM Provides IP access lists (ACL) that prevent access via specific IP addresses. - Contains SecureChat, a function that enables collaboration with the 128 bit SSL encryption for up to 10 users per port. - Up to 10,000 devices can be administered in conjunction with Raritan CommandCenter. - Supports up to 320 users per unit. - Integrated modem - Multi-platform: Solaris, HP-UX, UNIX, Linux and Windows 2003 servers. Component specifications Dimensions: 44mm (H) x 438mm (W) x 288mm (D) Weight: KX kg KX kg Power 110/240V automatic supply: adjustment: Hz Operating 0 C 40 C temperature: Humid % HR ity: Network: 10/100 Ethernet Protocols: (RJ45) TCP/IP, RADIUS, PAP, CHAP, HTTP, HTTPS, SSL, SSH Modem Integrated 56K V.90 connection: (RJ11 port) HU Model Model Order no. UP 1 SX16 16 serial ports unit 1 SX32 32 serial ports unit Serial Adapter ASCSDB9F RJ45 on DB9 (F) unit ASCSDB9M RJ45 on DB9 (M) unit ASCSDB25F RJ45 on DB25 (F) unit ASCSDB25M RJ45 on DB25 (M) unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.33

268 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Serial/KVM Switch, Dominion KSX Strong points KVM20264 Dominion KSX is the first hardware solution that combine an IP access via web browser on KVM and serial device management in one single device. Area of application With the Dominion KSX you no longer have to be personally present in your branch office. In contrast to software-based remote management solutions, the Dominion KSX provides: - A complete overview of all IT devices that are operated in a branch office. - A single operating system-independent solution that enables a centralised and secure control for you. - A network-independent access via a built-in modem for access in emergency situations, even when the network has been shutdown. - Control of your KVM equipment at BIOS level and serial equipment at console level. System components Depending on the model, the devices have 4 or 8 serial ports and 4 or 8 KVM ports. Connection of the serial devices is made via Cat5(E)/6 with an associated adapter as 9DB or 25DB plug-in. Connection of the KVM ports is made via CCPT cable, which is available in lengths, 0.6m, 2m, 4m, 6m and 9m. Features - Complete overview via a web browser of all servers and network equipment from one single screen. No additional software required. - One single log-in and interface ensure easy access to servers and other network equipment. - Built-in modem for emergency access in the event of a network downtime - Equipment control using cursor, clicking or with command lines - Secure centralised monitoring and displays - Easy Plug and Play installation and operation - Convenient flash upgrades - Dedicated interface for remote power control - Port integrated for local access - One height unit (1HU) 19 rack - Multi-platform, PS/2, Sun and USB server - 64K intermediate storage per serial port - SSL 128 bit, RSA public key, 128 bit private input encryption - User identification with RADIUS - Use of a single open network port in conjunction with firewall settings - Individually set user profiles - Automatic logout of inactive users - Option of deactivating the modem and user access - To choose from: 4 or 8 KVM console ports and serial ports Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.34

269 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Serial/KVM Switch, Dominion KX Remote office solution, KVM and serial in one device KVM20264 KVM20265 Component specifications Model: 1 HU, 19 rack can be mounted Dimensions: 44mm (H) x 440mm (W) x 540mm (D) Weight: 11Kg Power 110/240V, autosupply: switching; Hz KVM 4 (KSX 440) / 8 connections: (KSX 880) Serial 4 (KSX 440) / 8 connections: (KSX 880) Admin port: PS/2 Keyboard; VGA Video Operating 0 C to 40 C temperature: Remote access Network: 10/100 Ethernet (RJ45) Modem: Integrated 56K V.90 (RJ11 port) Protocols: TCP/IP, UDP, RADI- US, SNMP, SNTP, DHCP, PAP, CHAP, HTTP, HTTPS Screen resolution PC text mode: 720x400 PC graphic mode: 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, 1152x864, 1280x1024 Sun video mode: 1024x768, 1152x900, 1280x1024 HU Model Model Order no. UP 1 KSX440 1 remote user x 4 serial ports unit x 4 KVM ports 1 KSX880 1 remote user x 8 serial ports unit x 8 KVM ports Serial adapter ASCSDB9F RJ45 on DB9 (F) unit ASCSDB9M RJ45 on DB9 (M) unit ASCSDB25F RJ45 on DB25 (F) unit ASCSDB25M RJ45 on DB25 (M) unit Connection cable Length Connections Order no. UP CCP m unit CCPT m unit CCPT m unit CCPT m unit CCPT m unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.35

270 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Remote Power Control Socket Strips Strong points KVM20317 These socket strips for remote control enable system administrators to safely monitor and control the power for computer centre equipment from any location via web browser, serial or via an out-of-band access. Area of application In the event of a system fault and/or a system blocking, rebooting is often the only option and is of decisive importance. The remote socket strips make manual interruption and dispatching personnel unnecessary; the downtimes and the average repair times (MTTR) are reduced and productivity is ultimately increased. The socket strips provide full compatibility with Paragon, IP -Reach, and Dominion, the solutions for managing computer centres, and therefore enable remote monitoring, rebooting and shutdown of all of the equipment, without requiring procurement of additional equipment, navigation of several different menus or maintenance of different levels of passwords or IDs. Access and control of the Remote Power Control units is attained using one of the following options: - Via a serial interface with the AUATC serial terminal converter or the SCS232 ConsoleSwitch. - Via the dedicated power control interface with the Dominion. - Via a Raritan remote client with IP Reach. System components Depending on the model, the socket strips have 8, 12 or 20 IEC-320 sockets. Each strip has individually controllable relays, which enable the user to monitor current, voltage and energy. Control is made via a category 5E cable that is connected to an EIA-232 port. This port can be connected with every terminal server and/or every external modem for access per dial-in. Features - Absolute compatibility with Paragon, IP Reach and Dominion - True RMS power monitoring with alarm signal with overloading and LED indicators - Switching status remains with power failure - Individual or multiple controlling of individual sockets - Programmable unit IDs and name assignment of the individual socket strip connections - Voltage monitoring - Available in 1 HU or zero HU model - 10 or 16 amp current intensity - Acoustic over voltage signal 10.36

271 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM Remote Power Control Socket Strips Power control for computer centres KVM20262 Power supply: PCR8 230V, 10 A, 8 x IEC320 PCS12 230V, 10A 10 x IEC320 PCS20 230V, 16A 20 x IEC320 Operating 0 to 40 C temperature: Approvals: Part 15 A, CE, ETL Entered in CSA C , UL Component specifications W H D kg Power Supply Model Order no. UP PCR PCS PCS20 HU Model Model Order no. UP PCR8A-15 8 x IEC V/10A unit PCR12A x IEC V/10A unit PCR20A x IEC V/16A unit Paragon, Dominion version PCR8A-15-PK 8 x IEC V/10A unit PCR12A-20-PK 12 x IEC V/10A unit PCR20A-20-PK 20 x IEC V/16A unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.37

272 ACTIVE COMPONENTS IP Remote Smart Start Socket Strips Power control for computer centres KVM20318 These socket strips for remote control enable system administrators to safely monitor and control the power for computer centre equipment from any location via web browsers. Area of application In the event of a system fault and/or a system blocking, rebooting is often the only option and is of decisive importance. The remote socket strips make manual interruption and dispatching personnel unnecessary; the downtimes and the average repair times (MTTR) are reduced and productivity is ultimately increased. Access and control of the units is made via an IP remote access. System components Depending on the model, the socket strips have 2x4 or 1x8 IEC-320C13 sockets. Each strip has individually controllable relays, which enable the user to monitor current, voltage and energy. Control is made via an RJ45 port with IP access. Up to 64 switching channels can be cascaded via the integrated RS485/422 interface. Features - Cascading of up to 64 channels - Operation via web frontend, Windows software or emergency switch on the front - Overvoltage protection (15 A) with electric fuses on the front that can also be used as switches - FCC, CE, UL and TÜV certified - Two programmable external contacts: warning possible with low voltage and overvoltage - Power-on power restriction: prevents activation of electric fuse when switching on - Local emergency control via switch on the front - Automatic monitoring of mains voltage, current and frequency - Controllable alarm contacts Component specifications W H D kg Power Supply Model Order no. UP ,7 1x8IP 230V, 7.5A, 8 x IEC320C13 2x4 230V, 2x7.5A, 2x4 x IEC320C13 Power input plug, IEC 320C14 HU Model Model Order no. UP Smart Start 1x8IP 8 x IEC V/7.5A unit Smart Start 2x4IP 2 x 4 x IEC V/7.5A unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.38

273 ACTIVE COMPONENTS KVM20258 CommandCenter Strong points CommandCenter is the administration solution from Raritan. The CommandCenter designed for the complete control of the entire company combines the administration of the Raritan Dominion Series, the Paragon and IP-Reach Switches and all servers and IT equipment connected to Raritan equipment. CommandCenter enables secure access to each device in the entire network and their display via just one IP address. With the integration of servers and network equipment into one single structure view, Command Centre enables user access and central administration of a global network, at all times and from any location. Area of application CommandCenter is the ideal solution for companies with at least one computer centre or several remote branch offices and provides: - Access to all equipment in the computer centre and control of all devices via an intuitive graphic interface. - Time and spatially unrestricted options for monitoring, diagnosis and solution of network problems. - Secure and centralised administration in several computer centres, branch offices/subsidiaries and at remote locations via a secure and network-independent device. Features Centralised server administration - Single IP address reduces the complexity of the administration of several Raritan Dominion, Paragon and IP Reach devices, including firmware updates and user access authorizations - Combines KVM, serial consoles, power strips and devices in remote branch offices/subsidiaries into a single structure view - Selection between secure remote access using web browser or SSH via the Internet, intranet or VPN to all connected devices Complete security - CommandCenter combines efficient security features that enable integration into existing authentification tools such as Active Directory, LDAP-S, RADIUS and TACACS+ as well as the use of central security guidelines - An integrated authentification server provides the downtime security in the event of a problem with an external server or the network - Robust security guidelines for the authorization of individual users up to port level bit-ssl private and public key encryption - IP-based access control lists and IP filtering grant or restrict user access - Flexible options for the session timeout and expiry of passwords - Strict authentification of usernames and passwords - Application architecture executed under embedded, secured Linux operating system Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.39

274 ACTIVE COMPONENTS CommandCenter Central control of global IT devices via a web interface Hardware features - Two power supplies with separate mains cables that can be swapped out during operation - Two network cards for improving the Ethernet downtime security - Two mirrored hard disks for higher availability - LED indicators for activity/ status - Port for local administration and maintenance on the server rack - Integrated modem for access in emergency cases Software features - Plug&Play devices No server or client software installation required - All features such as access, configuration and administration are accessible via the web browser - High-performance portal interface enables adjustable groupings and device views based on authorizations - Automatic detection of Raritan devices with information on device availability, device status and alarm signals - Flexible user access license model - Syslog and SNMP integration Hardware Processor: Intel Pentium III 1 GHz RAM: 512 MB ECC working memory (Error Checking and Correcting) Ethernet Two 10/100 Ethernet interfaces: network interfaces Hard disk ATA RAID 1 card with and 2 40-GB-ATA controller: hard disks CD-ROM Slot load 40x, read- Hard disk: only Console: DB-9 RS232 console port Remote connection Network: 10/100 Ethernet (RJ45) Modem: V.92 (56 Kbit/s) modem; RJ-11 port Protocols: TCP/IP, UDP, RADIUS, SNMP, SNTP, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS Component specifications W H D kg HU Power Supply Order no. UP 1 CommandCenter unit Redundant power supplies that can be swapped out during operation with automatic voltage adjustment, 110/220 V 2.0 A KVM administration port: 1 Serial administration port: 1 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 10.40

275 ACTIVE COMPONENTS TFT 11.2 to

276 ACTIVE COMPONENTS TFT Drawer, 1 HU, TD15/TD17 For 19 installation VHP Space-saving with only 1 HU installation height - Low installation depth - Integrated country-specific laptop keyboard with touchpad - TFT in the pushed-in status protected from below - Mechanical switch turns off power to display in folded position - Interlocking full extension rails - With 2 snap lock catches on the front (transport and pushed-in status safety) - Hand support of sponge rubber for relaxed writing - Touchpad with left and right mouse button - Integrated wide range input power supply ( VAC ) with IEC 320 socket and protected contact mains cable 15 Display Technical Data (TD15) - 15 TFT LCD display - Resolution, 1024 x 768 (XGA) - Typical brightness, 250cd/m2 2 - Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress 17 Display Technical Data (TD17) - 17 TFT LCD display - Resolution, 1280x 1024 (SXGA) - Typical brightness, 250cd/m2 2 - Contrast ratio 500:1 (typical) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress Colour Replace.x with the colour of your choice Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.8, RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 VGA cable 1 Mouse cable PS/2 1 Keyboard cable PS/2 1 TFT Drawer 1 Mains cable Telescopic slides with mounting set (D 800 mm mm / d 550 mm mm) 1 2-point hinged cable router Operating instructions VHP20047 TFT Drawer, 1 HU, TD15 W H D HU Display Model Order no. UP LCD Germany x 1 unit LCD Sweden x unit LCD England x unit LCD France x unit LCD Italy x unit LCD Spain x unit LCD Denmark x unit LCD Belgium x unit LCD USA x 1 unit LCD Switzerland x 1 unit VHP LCD-48V DC Germany x 1 unit LCD-48V DC England x 1 unit LCD-48V DC Switzerland x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item TFT Drawer, 1 HU, TD17 W H D HU Display Model Order no. UP LCD Germany x 1 unit LCD Sweden x unit LCD England x unit LCD France x unit LCD Italy x unit LCD Spain x unit LCD Denmark x unit LCD Belgium x unit LCD USA x 1 unit LCD Switzerland x 1 unit Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 11.2

277 ACTIVE COMPONENTS TFT Drawer with KVM Switch, TDK 16-15/TDK 8-15 VHP20148 VHP20284 KVM description - Integrated KVM switch for controlling up to 8 or 16 computers - Enables access to servers up to 10 m away per port with CAT5 cable - Space-saving with only 1 HU installation height - Selection and control of the computer is made via an easy to use on-screen user interface on the TFT console - The RICC module is connected to the keyboard, monitor and mouse outputs of the respective computer. The RICCs are connected via a CAT5 cable with the switch. - Multi-platform capable RICCs (in accessories range) enable the combination of PCs, SUNs and devices with USB interface - The keyboard and mouse emulation is integrated in the RICC for fault-free operation with interrupted cable connection TFT description - Integrated, country-specific laptop keyboard with touchpad and integrated numbers block - TFT in the pushed-in status protected from below - Interlocking full extension rails - Hand support of sponge rubber for relaxed writing - Touchpad with integrated right mouse button function - Right and left mouse button - Integrated wide range input power supply ( VAC ) with IEC 320 socket and protected contact mains cable - With German keyboard layout (88 keys) - On-screen menu for setting monitor parameters - Installation depth 590 mm for racks from 800 to 1000 mm 15 Display Technical Data -15 TFT LCD display - Resolution, 1024 x 768 (XGA) - Typical brightness, 250cd/m2 2 - Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress 17 Display Technical Data - 17 TFT LCD display - Resolution, 1280x 1024 (SXGA) - Typical brightness, 250cd/m2 2 - Contrast ratio 500:1 (typical) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress Colour Final digit of order number.1: RAL 7035, light-grey Final digit of order number.8: RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 TFT drawer with 8-way or 16-way KVM switch 1 Mains cable 1 19 Mounting set for installation depth mm 2 Mounting brackets Operating instructions Fully assembled Without RICC module Note RICC modules required for connecting the computer ( VGA-PS/2-PS/2). Optionally available as accessory. W H D HU Display KVM Model Order no. UP LCD 8-way Germany TDK x 1 unit LCD 8-way USA TDK x 1 unit LCD 8-way Switzerland TDK x 1 unit LCD 8-way Germany TDK x 1 unit LCD 8-way USA TDK x 1 unit LCD 8-way Switzerland TDK x 1 unit LCD 16-way Germany TDK x 1 unit LCD 16-way USA TDK x 1 unit LCD 16-way Switzerland TDK x 1 unit VHP LCD 16-way Germany TDK x 1 unit LCD 16-way USA TDK x 1 unit LCD 16-way Switzerland TDK x 1 unit Further national versions on request RICC PS/2-PS/2-VGA unit 11.3

278 ACTIVE COMPONENTS TFT Drawer, 1 HU, TD-KZ 15/TD-KZ 17 With KVM switch VHP20098 VHP Space-saving with only 1 HU installation height - Low installation depth - Integrated, country-specific laptop keyboard with touchpad - TFT in the pushed-in status protected from below - Mechanical switch turns off power to the display in the folded status - Interlocking full extension rails - With 2 snap lock catches on the front (transport and pushed-in status safety) - Hand support of sponge rubber for relaxed writing - Touchpad with left and right mouse button - Integrated wide range input power supply ( VAC ) with IEC 320 socket and protected contact mains cable KVM Switch description - 1 User, can be expanded from 1 to 42 computers - Ideal as multiport KVM solution for all current systems, such as PS/2-VGA, USB, Sun-13W3, serial devices - Max. cable length of 300 meters via Cat5 UTP cable - Easy installation and expansion with plug and play - Expansion of the computers is possible at all times at any point of the chain - TFT in pushed-in status protected from below - Computer Interface Module, the direct and secure connection to the computer if the connection cable to the switch is interrupted. 15 Display Technical Data -15 TFT LCD display - Resolution, 1024 x 768 (XGA) - Typical brightness, 250cd/m2 2 - Contrast ratio 400:1 (typical) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress 17 Display Technical Data - 17 TFT LCD display - Resolution, 1280x 1024 (SXGA) - Typical brightness, 250cd/m2 2 - Contrast ratio 500:1 (typical) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress Colour Replace.x with the colour of your choice Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 TFT Drawer 1 Mains cable 1 Terminator 1 Mounting kit 2 Telescopic slides with mounting set (D 800 mm mm / d 550 mm mm) 1 2-point hinged cable router W H D HU Display Model Order no. UP LCD Germany TD-KZ x 1 unit LCD Sweden TD-KZ x unit LCD England TD-KZ x unit LCD France TD-KZ x unit LCD Italy TD-KZ x unit LCD Spain TD-KZ x unit LCD Denmark TD-KZ x unit LCD Belgium TD-KZ x unit LCD TD-KZ x unit LCD USA TD-KZ x 1 unit LCD Switzerland TD-KZ x 1 unit LCD Germany TD-KZ x 1 unit LCD Sweden TD-KZ x unit LCD England TD-KZ x unit LCD France TD-KZ x unit LCD Italy TD-KZ x unit LCD Spain TD-KZ x unit LCD Denmark TD-KZ x unit LCD Belgium TD-KZ x unit LCD TD-KZ x unit LCD USA TD-KZ x 1 unit LCD Switzerland TD-KZ x 1 unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Z-Cim for PS/2 PS/2 VGA unit Z-Cim for PS/2 PS/2 VGA units Z-Cim for PS/2 PS/2 VGA units * Please note! TFT drawer supply schedule without Z-Cim. 11.4

279 ACTIVE COMPONENTS LCD TFT Monitors, TM 15/TM 17/TM 19 For 19 installation VHP Space-saving with installation depth of only 100 mm - Installation height, 8 HU (15 ) - Installation height, 9 HU (17 ) - 2 Handles for easy installation in 19 racks - Monitor level, horizontal, pivot adjustable, +/-10º - VESA (100 mm) adaption on the rear - Integrated wide range input power supply ( VAC ) with IEC 320 socket and protected contact mains cable Display Technical Data (see table) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress Colour Replace.x with the colour of your choice Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 TFT LCD monitor 1 Mains cable 1 Power supply 1 19 mounting set 1.5 m VGA connection cable W H D HU Display Resolution Brightness Contrast Order no. UP LCD 768x cd/m 2 300: x 1 unit LCD 1280x cd/m 2 500: x 1 unit LCD 1280x cd/m 2 500: x 1 unit VHP20175 LCD TFT Monitors, TM-T 15/TM-T 17/TM-T 19 For 19 installation with touchscreen VHP Space-saving with installation depth of only 100 mm - Installation height, 8 HU (15 ) - Installation height, 9 HU (17 ) - 2 Handles for easy installation in 19 racks - Monitor level, horizontal, pivot adjustable, +/-10º - VESA (100 mm) adaption on the rear - Integrated wide range input power supply ( VAC ) with IEC 320 socket and protected contact mains cable Touchscreen Technical Data - Resistive 4 wire touch - With USB port - Supports Windows XP, Windows 2000, Windows 95/98, Windows ME, Windows NT 4.0, Windows CE 2.13/3.0.net, DOS, Linux RedHat, LinuxMandrake, Mac/OS9 Colour Replace.x with the colour of your choice Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 TFT LCD monitor 1 Mains cable 1 Power supply 1 19 mounting set 1.5 m VGA connection cable 1.5 m USB connection cable for touchscreen 1 CD ROM with drivers and software W H D HU Display Resolution Brightness Contrast Order no. UP LCD 768x cd/m 2 300: x 1 unit LCD 1280x cd/m 2 500: x 1 unit LCD 1280x cd/m 2 500: x 1 unit VHP

280 ACTIVE COMPONENTS LCD TFT Desktop Monitor, TM-V 15/TM-V 17/TM-V 19 Without 19 frame - Suitable for workstation and industrial applications - Robust metal enclosure - OSD menu, front, monitor swivel arm, rear - Integrated wide range input power supply ( VAC) with IEC 320 socket and protected contact mains cable Technical data (see table) million colours - On-screen menu - Changes that stay abreast of technical progress - VGA input with 2 meter connection cable 17 and 19 also with DVI input VHP20157 Colour Replace.x with the colour of your choice Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7035 light-grey Final digit of order number.1, RAL 7021, dark-grey 1 TFT LCD monitor 1 Mains cable 1 Power supply 1 19 mounting set 1.5 m VGA connection cable (15 ) Note Please note that a base or a monitor arm is required for these monitors. W H D HU Display Resolution Brightness Contrast Order no. UP LCD 768x cd/m 2 300: x 1 unit LCD 1280x cd/m 2 500: x 1 unit LCD 1280x cd/m 2 500: x 1 unit VHP20272 W H D HU Model Order no. UP tiltable monitor stand 15 /17 / x 1 unit - Monitor is horizontally pivot adjustable, +90º/-25º - Stable and robust metal model Further swivel monitor arms can be found in our Technical Furniture Catalogue. Flight Case - The ideal protection for all Knürr TFT drawers - Especially developed for mobile use as service and diagnostics unit - Solid aluminium case, lockable - Sturdy carrying handle - Fitted with special absorption mats - Removable cover - Additional storage space for all connection cables and any possibly required accessories, such as file folders or tools - Folding front panel guarantees ergonomic operation of the TFT drawer at all times W H D kg Order no. UP unit VHP20286 VHP

281 ACTIVE COMPONENTS 19 Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U With extension for PC mouse MEC With hand support - Mouse surface optionally right/left pull-out - Storage drawer for PC mouse Dimensions Useable storage surface: dimensions without hand support W 372 mm x D 209 mm x H 32 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Keyboard drawer 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Hand support Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Keyboard not included in supply schedule Not for rack depth D 600 W H D HU/U d L For rack type Order no. UP /900 1 miracel/smaract unit Compact Keyboard VHP Suitable for keyboard drawer Flat compact keyboard with 86 keys for AT and PS/2 systems - Low space requirement and low weight - Ideal for portable and 19 systems - High reliability with gold crosspoint contacts - For Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP Electrical data - Power supply V/DC max. 10 ma - Mains cable (1.7 m), mini DIN plug (PS/2) Dimensions Length x width x height x x 24 mm W H S HU/U A1 A2 Pmax Model Order no. UP Germany unit MEC Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U For touchpad keyboard - With hand support Dimensions Useable storage surface: dimensions without hand support, W 418 mm x D 263 mm x H 32 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Keyboard drawer 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Hand support Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Keyboard not included in supply schedule Not for rack depth D 600 W H D HU/U d L For rack type Order no. UP /900 1 miracel/smaract unit 19 Compact Keyboard Flat, IBM-compatible keyboard with integrated touchpad - Suitable for keyboard drawer Model with 105 keys - Integrated mouse function Dimensions Length x width x height 415 x 193 x 37 mm VHP00203 Electrical data - Power supply +5 V/DC max. 18 ma - Connection cable: (1.8 m) round cable with tapping for two 6-pin mini DIN plugs (PS/2) - For Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP W H S HU/U A1 A2 Pmax Model Order no. UP Germany unit 11.7

282 ACTIVE COMPONENTS 19 Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U For 19 keyboard SCH With hand support - With cable strain relief Material Main unit, sheet steel, 1.0 mm Front panel, sheet steel, 1.0 mm Finish/Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 19 keyboard drawer, 1 HU 1 Pair of telescopic slides Velcro strip for keyboard mounting Mounting material Preassembled W H D HU/U d L For rack type Order no. UP miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract unit miracel/smaract LAN unit miracel/smaract 19 Server unit miracel 19 Server unit doubleprorack LAN unit doubleprorack LAN unit SCH Keyboard Drawer, 1 HU/U Without extension for PC mouse MEC With hand support Material / Finish Sheet steel, 1.25 mm Hand support, sponge rubber Dimensions Useable storage surface: dimensions without hand support W 372 mm x D 209 mm x H 32 mm Finish / Colour Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey 1 Keyboard drawer 1 Pair of telescopic slides 1 Hand support Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Keyboard not included in supply schedule Not for rack depth D 600 W H D HU/U d L For rack type Order no. UP /900 1 miracel/smaract unit 19 Compact Keyboard IBM-compatible keyboard with trackball - Suitable for keyboard drawer Flat keyboard with 84 keys and integrated trackball Dimensions Length x width x height 370 x x 20 mm VHP00155 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Electrical data - Power supply +5 V/DC max. 18 ma - Mains cable (1.6 m) with tapping for two 6-pin mini DIN plugs (PS/2) - For Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP W H S HU/U A1 A2 Pmax Model Order no. UP Germany unit Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound 11.8

283 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Thermal Management 12.2 to

284 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Thermal Management CoolBlast fan unit Strong points 12.3 CoolBlast fan unit 19 Fan Unit 12.4 Air Conduction System Filter Unit 12.6 Fantable 12.7 Filter Fan 12.8 Temperature Module 12.9 Thermostat 12.9 Cooling Units 19 Cooling Unit Cooling Units LUF LUF

285 THERMAL MANAGEMENT CoolBlast fan unit Strong points 2 LUF20056 The constantly increasing of power losses of electronic modules make high demands on the effective cooling of electronic modules. Large airflow volumes ensure secured heat dissipation, whereby higher airflow speeds reach the components, which leads to better heat transfer. The packing density of the electronics in the racks is also increasing. Fans with high pressure rise overcome the resulting higher pressure loss. The space-saving 1 HU construction guarantees maximum installation space for our customers' equipment. 3 The Knürr CoolBlast adjusts its cooling airflow to the power loss of the equipment. The temperature-regulated control of the fan speed optimises the noise emission and the lifespan of the fans. The maximum reference temperature is set at the front panel. A fan failure detector ensures high operational security. Exceeding the reference temperature is also detected in the same way. The fault signaling can be connected with the rack monitoring system, RMS. A simple thermostat-controlled model is also available. 3 LUF The CoolBlast fan unit from Knürr is available as fan plug-in for vertical cooling of modules with 3 and 6 fans. The airflow required for cooling is primarily determined by the fan selection. Fans in three different performance classes are available (Standard, High, and Ultra High Performance). Selection can be made between quiet axial fans and special diagonal fans with an especially high support rate for cooling air. 4 5 Optimum heat dissipation of the cooled module is attained with the high airflow volumes and pressure rises in the CoolBlast fan unit. CFD simulations can optimise each customer thermal management application. Air guideing components, optional with filter, round off the product range. The filter mat protects the electronics in use against dirt and dust and can be changed during running operation. 4 LUF To ensure that plenty of cooling air reaches the electronic components, CoolBlast has an IP protective grid with high free cross-section surface. The grid form minimises the pressure loss of the streaming airflow and reduces the streaming noise. In addition to the CoolBlast fan unit, a number of other components and accessory parts are also available for rack thermal management. 5 LUF

286 THERMAL MANAGEMENT CoolBlast fan unit Uncontrolled LUF Fan unit for vertical cooling of modules in 19 racks - Chassis rails are recommended for mounting. Chassis rails are required with CoolBlast 6-way. Material Sheet steel, high-grade steel grid Finish / Colour Housing, zinc-passivated Front panel, powder-coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey Assembled, wired and tested Approvals CE label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/366/EWG Scope of delivery 1 CoolBlast fan unit, packed with operating instructions Note Only with DC devices 1 Connection cable, 2 m with connector plug and free ends AC connection cables not included in supply schedule (see also, page 7.23) LUF20053 Name W H D kg n Elec. connection W m 3 /h Pa db(a) Order no. CoolBlast 230V 3-fan VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 230V 6-fan VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115V 3-fan VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115V 6-fan VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 24V 3-fan SP VDC CoolBlast 24V 6-fan SP VDC CoolBlast 24V 3-fan HP VDC CoolBlast 24V 6-fan HP VDC CoolBlast 24V 3-fan UP VDC CoolBlast 24V 6-fan UP VDC CoolBlast 48V 3-fan SP VDC CoolBlast 48V 6-fan SP VDC CoolBlast 48V 3-fan HP VDC CoolBlast 48V 6-fan HP VDC CoolBlast 48V 3-fan UP VDC CoolBlast 48V 6-fan UP VDC CoolBlast fan unit Thermostat-controlled LUF Fan unit for vertical cooling of modules in 19 racks - Fan function (ON/OFF) thermostatcontrolled, setting from 0 C to 60 C - Chassis rails are recommended for mounting. Chassis rails are required with CoolBlast 6-way. Material Sheet steel, high-grade steel grid Finish / Colour Housing, zinc-passivated Front panel, powder-coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey Assembled, wired and tested Approvals CE label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/366/EWG Scope of delivery 1 CoolBlast fan unit, packed with operating instructions Note AC connection cables not included in supply schedule (see also, page 7.23) LUF20060 Name W H D kg n Elec. connection W m 3 /h Pa db(a) Order no. CoolBlast 230V 3-fan, thermostat VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 230V 6-fan, thermostat VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115V 3-fan, thermostat , VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115V 6-fan, thermostat , VAC; 50/60Hz

287 THERMAL MANAGEMENT LUF20059 LUF20061 CoolBlast fan unit Speed-controlled - Fan unit for vertical cooling of modules in 19 racks - Reference temperature can be set (20 C to 55 C) - Fan speed regulation 30% to 100% of the nominal speed, with sensor failure 100% speed - Individual fan monitoring - Digital alarm output for excess temperature alarm and fan failure - Optical status display for O.K., excess temperature and fan failure - Acoustic warning - Chassis rails are recommended for mounting. Chassis rails are required with CoolBlast 6-way. Material Sheet steel, high-grade steel grid Finish / Colour Housing, zinc-passivated Front panel, powder-coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey Approvals CE label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/366/EWG Scope of delivery 1 CoolBlast fan unit, packed with operating instructions 1 Sensor cable, 2 m (plug-in) 1 Signal cable, 2 m (plug-in) Note Only with DC devices 1 Connection cable, 2 m with connector plug and free ends AC connection cables not included in supply schedule (see also, page 7.23) Assembled, wired and tested LUF20073 Name W H D kg n Elec. connection W m 3 /h Pa db(a) Order no. CoolBlast 115/230V, 3-fan, controlled SP to 260VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115/230V, 6-fan, controlled SP to 260VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115/230V, 3-fan, controlled HP to 260VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 115/230V, 6-fan, controlled HP to 260VAC; 50/60Hz CoolBlast 230/300V, 3-fan, controlled UP to 260VAC; 50/60Hz* CoolBlast 230/300V, 6-fan, controlled UP to 260VAC; 50/60Hz* CoolBlast 24/48V, 3-fan, controlled SP to 60VDC CoolBlast 24/48V, 6-fan, controlled SP to 60VDC CoolBlast 24/48V, 3-fan, controlled HP to 60VDC CoolBlast 24/48V, 6-fan, controlled SP to 60VDC CoolBlast 24/48V, 3-fan, controlled UP to 60VDC CoolBlast 24/48V, 6-fan, controlled UP to 60VDC * Wide-range feeding on request Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Standard Performance = SP n = number of fans High Performance = HP W = Power consumption (W) Ultra High Performance = UP m 3 /h = Air volume stream Pa = Pressure increase I nom = Nominal current (A) I max = Residual current (A) P = Power consumption (W) V = Voltage (400V=3-phase) db(a) = Sound pressure 1 mm from the rack (600 mm x 600 mm; raised cover) 12.5

288 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Filter Unit for Front Intake, 1 HU - For mounting the filter - For CoolBlast as airflow for front intake - Use as cooling baffle - For CoolBlast 3-way and 6-way Material Sheet steel Finish / Colour Front panel, powder-coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey Filter support, zinc-passivated Assembled, with filter LUF20067 W H D kg W n Model Order no. UP unit unit 19 Filter unit, 1 HU/U - For mounting the filter - For CoolBlast vertical airflow - Use as cooling baffle - For CoolBlast 3-way and 6-way Material Sheet steel Finish / Colour Front panel, powder-coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey Filter support, zinc-passivated Assembled, with filter LUF00205 W H D kg W n Model Order no. UP unit unit Vent Airflow for Front Intake, 1 HU - For CoolBlast as vent airflow for front intake - Use as cooling baffle - For CoolBlast 3-way and 6-way Material Sheet steel Finish / Colour Front panel, powder-coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey Filter support, zinc-passivated 1 unit LUF20068 W H D kg W n Model Order no. UP unit unit Replacement Filter - Replacement filter for CoolBlast filter unit Material 1 Filter, filedon P15/150 W H D kg W n Model Order no. UP unit unit Front Panel for Front Intake W H D kg W n Model Order no. UP unit 12.6 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Standard Performance = SP n = number of fans High Performance = HP W = Power consumption (W) Ultra High Performance = UP m 3 /h = Air volume stream Pa = Pressure increase I nom = Nominal current (A) I max = Residual current (A) P = Power consumption (W) V = Voltage (400V=3-phase)

289 THERMAL MANAGEMENT miracel miracel Ventilation unit miracel Ventilation unit smaract doubleprorack Replacement fan for: 3 Fans Fan inst. set 6 Fans Ventilation unit Ventilated rear panel On page: Article: Dimen.: L x W x H 119 x 119 x 25 mm 119 x 119 x 38 mm 119 x 119 x 25 mm 119 x 119 x 38 mm 119 x 119 x 38 mm Max. volume flow: Free-blowing: 108 m 3 /h 160 m 3 /h 117 m 3 /h 160 m 3 /h 160 m 3 /h Voltage: 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V Frequency: 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz Power consumption: Noise, free-blowing: 34 db(a) 46 db(a) 37 db(a) 46 db(a) 46 db(a) Bearing system: Ball bearing Solid bearing Solid bearing Solid bearing Solid bearing Nominal speed: 2300 min min min min min-1 Permissible Environmental temperature: -40 C to +70 C -10 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C -10 C to +55 C -10 C to +55 C Lifespan, L10 at 40 C: 60,000 h 37,500 h 47,500 h 37,500 h 37,500 h Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, VDE CE, UL, CSA, VDE CE, UL, CSA, VDE CE, UL, CSA, VDE CE, UL, CSA, VDE Replacement fan for: ConAct Cover CoolBlast CoolBlast CoolBlast CoolBlast On page: Article: Dimen.: L x W x H 92 x 92 x 25 mm 119 x 119 x x 119 x x 119 x x 119 x 38 Max. volume flow: Free-blowing: 59 m 3 /h m 3 /h 237 m 3 /h 275 m 3 /h m 3 /h Voltage: 230 V 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC Frequency: 50 Hz Power consumption: 11 W 7.4 W 11 W 23 W 7.7 W Noise, free blowing: 35 db(a) 43 db(a) 59 db(a) 60 db(a) 43 db(a) Bearing system: Solid bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing Nominal speed: 2650 min min min min min-1 Permissible Environmental temperature -20 C to +80 C -10 C to +70 C -30 C to +55 C -20 C to +65 C -10 C to +70 C Lifespan, L10 at 40 C: 55,000 h 75,000 h 70,000 h 70,000 h 75,000 h Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE Replacement fan for: Replacement fan for: On page: Article: Dimen.: L x W x H 119 x 119 x x 119 x x 119 x 38 Max. volume flow: Free-blowing: m 3 /h 275 m 3 /h 192 m 3 /h Voltage: 48 VCD 48 VCD 115 VDC Frequency: 50 Hz Power consumption: 17.4 W 23 W 14.5 W Noise, free blowing: 57 db(a) 60 db(a) 41 db(a) Bearing system: Ball bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing Nominal speed: 4200 min min min-1 Permissible Environmental temperature: -10 C to +70 C -20 C to +65 C -40 C to +60 C Lifespan, L10 at 40 C: 105,000 h 70,000 h 43,500 h Approvals: CE, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE Replacement fan for:

290 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Filter Fan LUF For specific use with hot spots - Also suitable for later mounting, quick and easy - The filter mats provide high filtering-out properties, are easily exchanged and can be cleaned - The fans do not require maintenance and their value is especially emphasised by their long lifespan and low noise factor - Airflow: blowing in the rack (pre-setting) - Can be used as blowing-out or taking-in Material Heat-resistant ABS plastic, UL 94 V-0 Colour RAL 7035, light-grey Approvals CE Symbol Protection rating IP 54 LUF80011 LUF80012 LUF20058 LUF LxW T/d/x y/z kg max. VS Elec.conn. L G N Ld/40º Model Order no. UP 150x150 71/120/5 125/ m 3 /h 230V / 50/60Hz 20 W 43 db(a) 2650/min 40,000 h Filter fan unit 204x204 90/120/ / m 3 /h 230V / 50/60Hz 20 W 43 db(a) 2650/min 40,000 h Filter fan unit 250x /172/6 223/ m 3 /h 230V / 50/60Hz 29 W 50 db(a) 2800/min 40,000 h Filter fan unit 325x /208/7 291/ m 3 /h 230V / 50/60Hz 67 W 63 db(a) 2770/min 50,000 h Filter fan unit 150x150 24/5 125/ Exit filter unit 204x / / Exit filter unit 250x250 25/6 233/ Exit filter unit 325x325 26/7 291/ Exit filter unit 150x150 Replacement filter mat unit 204x204 Replacement filter mat unit 250x250 Replacement filter mat unit 325x325 Replacement filter mat unit Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Standard Performance = SP n = number of fans High Performance = HP W = Power consumption (W) Ultra High Performance = UP m 3 /h = Air volume stream Pa = Pressure increase I nom = Nominal current (A) I max = Residual current (A) P = Power consumption (W) V = Voltage (400V=3-phase) 12.8

291 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Temperature Module LUF00237a - For monitoring the inside temperature of the rack - Temperature display (+ 10 C C) - Setting the alarm temperature via frontal potentiometer - Optical alarm display (LED red) - Alarm signaling via floating switching contact (1 changeover contact 250 VAC / 8 A) - Power supply 230 V / 50Hz Material Plastic Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG 1 Temperature module 1 Temperature sensor (3 m) Assembled, wired and tested W H D LxW kg W n Model Order no. UP unit 19 Front Panel 1 HU for Temperature Module - For installing the temperature module Material / Finish Sheet steel 1.5 mm, powder-coated Colour RAL 7035, light-grey 1 19 Front panel W H D LxW kg W n Model Order no. UP unit LUF00256 Mounting for Temperature Module - For non-standard installation of temperature module, e.g. laterally on the 19 extrusion Material / Finish Aluminium, 2 mm, polished 1 Mounting Mounting material Flat packed kit LUF00255 W H D LxW kg W n Model Order no. UP unit Thermostat LUF For controlling the inside temperature of the rack in conjunction with fan units and heating fans - Setting range: +10 C C) - Switching temperature difference (hysteresis) 2K - Contact type: 1 changeover contact - Sensor: thermostatic bimetal - Contact rating: 230 VAC/10 A (heating), 5 A (cooling) - Interference suppression: in accordance with DIN Material Plastic Protection rating IP 30 Approvals CE Label in accordance with the low potential guideline 73/23/EWG, EMC guideline 89/336/EWG Dimensions 74 x 74 x 23 mm 1 Thermostat 1 Mounting bracket Mounting material W H D LxW kg W n Model Order no. UP unit 12.9

292 THERMAL MANAGEMENT 19 Cooling Unit, 6 HU 1000 W LUF00213b LUF Service-free operation with patented construction without filter * High cooling performance with compact construction - CFC-free refrigerant, R 134a - Even temperature distribution in the rack Material Housing, high-grade steel Front panel, aluminium, 3 mm Finish Front panel, powder-coated texture RAL 7035, light-grey Handle, powder-coated texture, RAL 5008, grey-blue Approvals CE Cooling unit Mains cable Operating instructions Technical data Electrical connection values Nom. voltage: 230 V Nom. frequency: 50 Hz Nominal current: 4.5 A In rush current: 9 A Power consumption: 850 W Power data Effective cooling output, L35L35: 1000 W Air flow internal loop: max. 360 m 3 /h, speed-controlled Air flow external loop: max. 720 m 3 /h, speed-controlled Temperature range: +20 C to +55 C Refrigerant: R134 a (CFC-free) Protection rating: IP 44 Weight: 45 kg) Noise level: 70 db (A) at 1 m with max. air output Output signals (microcontroller functions): Reference and alarm temperature can be set per potentiometer Alarm output per relay (digital contact) Floating door contact switch as break contact Preconnectable test mode W H D kg W Model Order no. UP unit Installation Set for 19 Cooling Unit LUF With PG screw fittings for cable routing Finish Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey 1 Bottom cover 1 Connection board, 9 HU 2 Chassis rails Mounting material Flat packed kit Note Please order a rear door shortened by 9 HU. Installation of this set is not possible in a rack with plinth! W H D kg W For rack type Order no. UP miracel set miracel set LUF

293 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Cooling Unit Wall mounting and wall installation - Service-free operation with patented construction without filter - For mounting on rear panel, rear door or side panel of rack - Sunken installation possible - No loss of 19 installation space - Temperature regulation using microcontroller - CFC-free refrigerant, R 134a - No danger to your electronic components from dirt buildups and spray water: IP 55 rack - Even temperature distribution in the rack Material Housing, sheet steel Finish / Colour Housing, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey Approvals CE, UL; CSA 1 Cooling unit Mounting material Operating instructions Technical data - Mains voltage: 230V /400V 3 ~ with 2600W cooling power - Mains frequency: 50Hz/60Hz - Temperature range: +20 C to +55 C - Refrigerant: R134a (CFC-free) - Protection rating: IP54 - Sound pressure at 1 m distance: 65dB(A) Output signals (microcontroller function) - Reference temperature (internal rack temperature) can be set between 20 C and 50 C - Excess temperature alarm (can be set between 25 C and 55 C) - Alarm output via relay (changeover contact) - Door contact switch - Test mode switch LUF20014 W H D kg W I nom I max P Fuse Order no. UP A unit A unit A unit x x6A unit LUF20016 LUF20017 LUF20071 LUF20070 Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Standard Performance = SP n = number of fans High Performance = HP W = Power consumption (W) Ultra High Performance = UP m 3 /h = Air volume stream Pa = Pressure increase I nom = Nominal current (A) I max = Residual current (A) P = Power consumption (W) V = Voltage (400V=3-phase) 12.11

294 THERMAL MANAGEMENT Cooling Unit, Top-mounting LUF Service-free operation with patented construction without filter - For mounting on rear panel, rear door or side panel of rack - Sunken installation possible - No loss of 19 installation space - Temperature regulation using microcontroller - CFC-free refrigerant, R134a - No danger to your electronic components from dirt buildups and spray water: IP 55 rack - Even temperature distribution in the rack Material Housing, sheet steel Finish Housing, powder-coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey Approvals CE, UL, CSA Cooling unit Mounting material Operating instructions Technical data - Mains frequency: 50Hz/60Hz - Temperature range: +20 C to +55 C - Refrigerant: R134a (CFC-free) - Protection rating: IP54 - Sound pressure at 1 m distance: 65dB(A) Output signals (microcontroller function) - Reference temperature (internal rack temperature) can be set between 20 C and 50 C - Excess temperature alarm (can be set between 25 C and 55 C) - Alarm output via relay (floating changeover contact) - Floating door contact switch - Test mode switch W H D kg W I nom I max P Fuse Order no. UP A unit A unit x6A unit LUF20072 LUF20076 LUF20004 Door Contact Switch - On/off switch, 4 A, 230 V ~ - Activation with opening and closing of the door 1 Door contact switch (not wired) 1 Mounting bracket Mounting material W H S HU/U h d b Model Order no. UP unit ELM Dimensions in mm: W = Width HU = Standard height unit H = Height 1 HU = mm D = Depth UP = Unit of packaging h = Installation height kg = Weight d = Useable depth L = Length = Express item Conversion: 1 mm = inch 1 kg = pound Standard Performance = SP n = number of fans High Performance = HP W = Power consumption (W) Ultra High Performance = UP m 3 /h = Air volume stream Pa = Pressure increase I nom = Nominal current (A) I max = Residual current (A) P = Power consumption (W) V = Voltage (400V=3-phase)

295 TECHNICAL SECTION Technical Section 13.2 to

296 TECHNICAL SECTION Technical Section Communication/Data Networks Communication/data network structure Communication/ Data Networks Structure 13.2 Components 13.3 Standards / Specifications 13.4 Areas of Application Technical Abbreviations Application-neutral cablingsystems In accordance with EN 50173, ISO/IEC Cabling areas (in accordance with pren 50173:2001) SD: Site Distributor BD: Building Distributor FD: Floor Distributor SC: Subscriber Connection miracel miracel, smaract miracel, smaract, ConAct SOHO Sub-system of the primary cabling Sub-system of the secondary cabling Sub-system of the tertiary cabling Hierarchical structure of the universal cabling (in accordance with pren 50173:2001) Sub-system primary cabling Sub-system secondary cabling Sub-system tertiary cabling Equipment connection cabling Terminal device Transmission path (in accordance with pren 50173:2001) 13.2

297 TECHNICAL SECTION Small Office Home Office (SOHO) In accordance with Draft ISO/IEC Setup and operation of communications cabling In accordance with EN Equipotential Bonding and Earthing In accordance EN 50310, VDE Communication/Data Network Components Classification of transmission paths In accordance with pren 50173:2001 Symmetrical cabling Class A up to 100 khz Class B up to 1 MHz Class C up to 16 MHz Class D up to 100 MHz Class E up to 250 MHz Class F up to 600 MHz Fibre optic cabling Class OF-300 Class OF-500 Class OF-2000 Transmission path, min. 300 m) Transmission path, min. 500 m) Transmission path, min. 2,000 m) Cable and plug connector Communication cable EN 50288, 50289, IEC (symmetrical cable) EN (fibre optic cable) Plug connector for symmetrical cable EN 60603, IEC Plug connector for fibre optic cable EN 60874, IEC Equipment and systems Structure for electronic installations: mm (19 ) construction DIN 41494, EN/IEC External and internal dimensions for racks and frames (in accordance with DIN 41494, supplement 1:1992) Level 4 Mounting Level 3 Modular chassis Level 2 Modules Level 1 Components Parts Modular setup in four levels (in accordance with DIN 41494, supplement 1:1992) Structure for electronic installations: 25 mm construction EN/IEC

298 TECHNICAL SECTION Standards and Specifications Protection ratings according to racks/enclosures (IP code) EN/IEC First Foreign matter Second digit Contact protection protection digit Water protection 0 No special protection 0 No special protection 1 Against large Large foreign 1 Against vertically matter body matter, falling drop diameter water 50 mm 2 Against finger or Medium-size foreign 2 Against drop water similar size body matter, falling at an objectives diameter angle 12 mm (up to 15 deviation from the vertical) 3 Against tools, wires, Small foreign 3 Against spray water and similar with body matter, (any direction up to a thickness of diameter 60º deviation from 2.5 mm 2.5 mm the vertical) 4 Against tools, wires, Grain shape 4 Against spray water and similar with foreign matter from all directions a thickness of diameter 1 mm 1 mm 5 Complete Dust protected; 5 Against spray water protection dust buildups from a nozzle are permissible, from all directions but their amount may not endanger the function of the equipment. 6 Complete protection Dust-proof 6 Against flooding 7 Against immersion 8 Against submersion BGT00085 C A D E G B H F EMC emitted interference and EMC interference immunity EN 61000/55011/55022 Protection of electronic equipment and systems against electro-magnetic disturbances. The shielding protects against both the danger of electro-magnetic disturbances from outside and the outward emission of electro-magnetic energy. The shielding requires detailed know-how and comprehensive experience. Attention must be paid to: - EMC-compatible construction - Highly conductive surfaces - Material combinations with low potential difference - Low-impedance material connections - Seals - EMC cable entry Shielding measures on, for example, primus modular chassis: Surfaces - Highly conductive zinc-passivated sheet steel Shielding and optimum ventilation with corresponding perforation Excellent contact points on side panels to top cover/bottom cover The contact points of the front panels and rear panel on the modular chassis are made via the EMC spring. 13.4

299 TECHNICAL SECTION Heat Transfer VDE 0660 Part 507, procedure for determining heat buildup, (identical to IEC 60890) 5 Heat transfer options are available depending on the value of the power loss. Selection and dimensioning are made taking consideration of the framework conditions in accordance with the installation site (IP protection, noise level, room size and thermal management, etc.) into account. Calculation of the effective rack surface Individual enclosure, free-standing A = 1.8xHx(W+D) + 1.4xWxD Individual enclosure for wall mounting A = 1.4xHx(W+D) + 1.8xWxD Start-end enclosure, free-standing A = 1.4xDx(H+W) + 1.8xWxH Start-end enclosure, for wall mounting A = 1.4xHx(W+D) + 1.4xWxD In-between enclosure, free-standing A = 1.8xWxH + 1.4xWxD + DxH In-between enclosure for wall mounting A = 1.4xWx(H+D) + DxH In-between enclosure for wall mounting with covered top surface A = 1.4xWxH + 0.7xWxD + DxH Enclosure configuration in accordance with IEC Through rack surface P 0 = k x A x (T i T e) (W) - P0 Dissipation transferred through rack surface - c Heat transmission coefficient ~ 5 W/m 2 K - A Effective rack surface - Ti Internal rack temperature - T e Environmental temperature - T = Ti - T d (K) Temperature difference - P0 0 : Heat release - P0 0 : Heat absorption Example c = 5 W/m 2 K (sheet steel) A = 5.38 m 2 Ti = 40º C T d = 20º C P0 = 5 x 5.38 x (40 20) = 538 W LUF00083 Definition via chart (alternative) P 0 (W) T W = Control rack width H = Control rack height D = Control rack depth LUF00087 A(m 2 ) 13.5

300 TECHNICAL SECTION 2. Direct heat exchange using fans Calculation of the required air volume stream V = f (a) x P l / T (m 3 /h) - V Required air volume stream - Pl Power dissipation in the rack - Ti Internal rack temperature - T e Environmental temperature - T = Ti - T e (K) Temperature difference, Ti T e - f a Auxiliary factor LUF00075 LUF00075 Example PL = 1500 W Ti = 35º C T e = 25º C a = 1000 m V = 3.5 x 1500/(35 25) = 525 m 3 /h h to f ratio h (m) f (m 3 k/wh) , , , , ,5 Definition via chart V (m 3 /h) T LUF00088 P l (W) 3. Air-to-air heat exchanger Calculation of the required cooling output Q C = P l P D (W) - QC Required cooling output of the heat exchanger - PL Power dissipation in the rack - PD Dissipation through rack surface Example PL = 1300 W PD = 538 W Ti = 40º C T e = 20º C (Ti T e) A = 5.38 m 2 LUF00080 QC = = 762 W 13.6

301 TECHNICAL SECTION As defined by chart QC = W i.e., the device is sufficiently dimensioned for the abovementioned use Q c (W) T i LUF00089 T d ( C) 4. Cooling unit with cooling agent Calculation of the required cooling output Q C = P l P D (W) - QC Required cooling output of the cooling unit - PL Power dissipation in the rack - PD Dissipation through rack surface Special case As in this case Ti = T e Ti is possible, the heat dissipation PD can become negative Example c = 5 W/m 2 K A = 5.38 m 2 Ti = 30º C T e = 35º C P L = 500 W LUF00082 LUF00080 P D Qc = k x A x (Ti T e ) = W = PL PD = 500 ( 134.5) = W As defined by chart QC = -800 W d.h. the device is sufficiently dimensioned for the abovementioned use Q c (W) T i LUF00090 T d ( C) 13.7

302 TECHNICAL SECTION 5. Air-to-water heat exchanger Calculation of the required cooling output Q C = P l P D (W) - QC Required cooling output of the heat exchanger - PL Power dissipation in the rack - PD Dissipation through rack surface Special case As in this case Ti = T e Ti is possible, the heat dissipation PD can become negative Example c = 5 W/m 2 k A = 5.38 m 2 P L = 1000 W Ti = 30º C = 35º C T e P D Qc = k x A x (Ti T d ) = W = PL PD = 1000 ( 134.5) = W LUF20066 Ti = 30º C T e = 35º) T W = 15º C Environmental temperature does not have any influence on the cooling output of the air/water heat exchanger. It does, however, on the water temperature, T W. As defined by chart QC = W d.h. the device is sufficiently dimensioned for the above mentioned use Q c (W) T i LUF00091 T W ( C) 13.8

303 TECHNICAL SECTION Fire Behaviour Flammability UL 94, The Standard for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Applications harmonised with IEC 60607, , , ISO 9772 and 9773 Ignition Resistance UL 746A, The Standard for Polymeric Materials, similar to IEC 60112, and Classifications in acc. with UL 94 Vertical: Six classes for materials that are frequently used in enclosures, structural components and insulation: 5VA, 5VB, V-0, V-1, V-2, HB. Three classes for thin films: VTM-0, VTM-1, VTM-2 Horizontal: Three classes for foam material: HF-1, HF-2, HBF Horizontal fire behaviour Vertical fire behaviour 100 ± 1mm 25 ± 1mm Test piece Test piece 45 ± 2 20 ± 1 mm 100 ± 1mm 10 ± 1 mm Bunsen burner Wire mesh ca.45 Wire mesh 300 ± 10 mm Cotton 6 mm max. FTI20F ca. 50 mm Setup for determining horizontal and vertical fire behaviour Main criteria for foam material: Main criteria: HF-1 HF-2 Afterburn time 80% 2s 2s 100% 10s 10s Afterglow time 30s 30s Burning dripping no allowed V-0 V-1 V-2 Afterburn time 10s 30s 30s Total burn time 50s 250s 250s Burning dripping no allowed HBF Burning speed not 40 mm / min. over 100 mm burn length; self-extinguishing before the 125 mm mark Fire load in escape/rescue routes VDE 0108 Fire load in escape/rescue routes max. 7 kwh/m 2, with use of halogen-free thermowells and cables (VDE 0250, 0266) with improved fire behaviour, 14 kwh/m

304 TECHNICAL SECTION Areas of application Supported mains applications For symmetrical copper cabling (in acc. with pren 50173:2001) Mains application Source Date Other names Comm. Class A for symmetrical cable (up to 100 khz defined) PBX National requirements X.21 ITU-T Recommendation X ISDN basic connection (physical layer) V.11 ITU-T Recommendation X ISDN basic connection (physical layer) Class B symmetrical cable (up to 1 MHz defined) S 0 bus (extended) ITU-T Recommendation ISDN basic connection (physical layer) S 0 Point-to-Point ITU-T Recommendation ISDN basic connection (physical layer) S 1 /S 2 ITU-T Recommendation ISDN primary multiplexes (physical layer) CSMA/CD 1BASE5 ISO/IEC Star Lan Class C for symmetrical cable (up to 16 MHz defined) CSMA/CD 10Base-T ISO/IEC Ethernet CSMA/CD ISO/IEC Fast Ethernet 100BASE-T4 CSMA/CD ISO/IEC Fast Ethernet 100BASE-T2 ISO/IEC Fast Ethernet Token Ring 4 Mbit/s ISO/IEC ISLAN ISO/IEC Integrated Services LAN ISLAN16-T ISO/IEC DAM Isochronous Ethernet Demand Priority ISO/IEC VGAnyLAN ATM LAN Mbit/s ATM Forum af-phy ATM-25/Category 3 ATM LAN Mbit/s ATM Forum af-phy ATM-52/Category 3 ATM LAN Mbit/s ATM Forum af-phy ATM-155/Category 3 Class D for symmetrical cable (up to 100 MHz defined) CSMA/CD ISO/IEC Fast Ethernet 100BASE-TX Token Ring ISO/IEC t 1999 High Speed Token Ring 100 Mbit/s CSMA/CD ISO/IEC Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE-T Token Ring 16 Mbit/s ISO/IEC TP-PMD ISO/IEC FCD Media-dependent physical layer for twisted pairs ATM LAN Mbit/s ATM Forum af-phy ATM-155/Category

305 TECHNICAL SECTION Supported mains applications for fibre optic cabling (in acc. with EN :2002) Mains application Optical transmission budget (db) Transmission path in acc. with EN supported by Multi- Multi- One- OM1- OM2- OM3- OS1- mode 1) mode 1) mode optic fibre optic fibre optic fibre optic fibre 850 nm 1300 nm 1310 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm ISO/IEC : FOIRL 2) 9.0 (3.3) - - OF-500 OF-500 OF-500 ISO/IEC : 10BASE-FL, FP & FB 2) 12.5 (6.8) - - OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 ISO/IEC TR : 13.0 (8.0) - - OF-2000 OF-2000 OF & 16 Mbit/s Token Ring 2) ISO/IEC : Demand Priority 2) 7.5 (2.8) 7.0 (2.3) - OF-500 OF-500 OF-500 OF-2000 ATM with Mbit/s 3) N/A 10.0 (5.3) 10.0 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 ATM with Mbit/s 3) (5.3) 7.0 OF-500 OF-2000 OF-500 OF-2000 OF-500 OF-2000 OF-2000 ATM with Mbit/s 2) 3) 4) (2.0) 7.0 OF-300 OF-500 OF-300 OF-500 OF-300 OF-500 OF-2000 DIS : Fibre Channel (FC-PH) NA OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 with 133 Mbit/s 2) DIS : Fibre Channel (FC-PH) (5.5) 6.0 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 with 266 Mbit/s 3) DIS : Fibre Channel (FC-PH) OF-500 OF-500 OF-500 OF-2000 with 531 Mbit/s 3) DIS : Fibre Channel (FC-PH) OF-500 OF-500 OF-500 OF-2000 ISO/IEC : 1000BASE-SX 4) 2.6 (3.56) OF-500 OF-500 ISO/IEC : 1000BASE-LX 3) 4) OF-500 OF-500 OF-500 OF-2000 ISO/IEC : FDDI LCF-PMD 2) (2.0) - OF-500 OF-500 OF-500 ISO/IEC : FDDI PMD 2) (6.0) - OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 ISO/IEC : FDDI SMF-PMD 3) OF-2000 ISO/IEC : 100BASE-FX 2) (6.0) - OF-2000 OF-2000 OF-2000 IEEE 802.3: 100BASE-LX4 6) OF-300 OF-300 IEEE 802.3: 10GBASE-ER/EW 3) 6) OF-2000 IEEE 802.3: 10GBASE-SR/SW 6) 1.60 (OM1, - - OF µm) 1.80 (OM2, 50 µm) 2.60 (OM3) IEEE 802.3: 10GBASE-LR/LW 3) 6) OF ) The values apply for both 50/125 µm fibres and for 62.5/125 µm fibres; with different values the numbers in brackets apply for 50/125 µm optic fibre cables. 2) The length of the transmission path can be restricted with 50 µm fibres. For details see the corresponding mains application standard. 3) The length of the transmission path can be greater with single-mode fibres, however this is not in the area of application of this standard. For details see the corresponding mains application standard. 4) The given transmission path lengths result in a mains application with limited bandwidth. Use of components with lower attenuation for creating transmission paths that exceed the given values is not to be recommended. 5) Not guaranteed by the mains application standard. 6) Mains application being developed. 7) Length of transmission path depending on application Cas in Table E. 4, EN :

306 TECHNICAL SECTION Primary and Secondary Area Site and building distributors and data centres MIR00383 Components - Servers - Mass storage systems - Patch panels - Fibre optic distributor (splice box) - UPSs - Large cable volumes - Telecommunication and data communication equipment Essential features/criteria - Dimensions - Height units - Cable management Rack/enclosure requirements - Heavy-duty shelves - Pull-out shelves - Cooling/ thermal management Tertiary Area / Floor or Office Distributor (installation site generally in office environment) Components - Patch panels Essential features - Design - Safety - Noise generation - Mobility Enclosure requirements - Easy assembly/mounting - Accessibility SMA20019 Quality, Environment, Safety TÜV QM Certificate, DIN EN ISO 9001 TÜV UM Certificate, DIN EN ISO Service / Support Our customers requirements are always the focus of our work. Which means that, on request, we deliver a building block-designed accessory range, support the user with professional assembly and provide customer-specific support. The advantage! Our customers can fully concentrate on their application. SON00012 SON

307 TECHNICAL SECTION Technical Abbreviations 1 HU One height unit mm 3 HU Three height units 3x mm ACR Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio ANSI American National Standard Institute ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATT Attenuation AWG American Wire Gauge Bit/s Bits per second CATV Community Antenna Television CCITT International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee. CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multipie Access with Collision Detection cu Copper WP Wire pair db Decibel DCE Data Circuit Equipment DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.v. (German standardisation institute) DTE Data Terminal Equipment EC Earth Conductor EMI Electromagnetic Interference EMC Electro-Magnetic Compatibility EN CENELEC Standard FD Floor Distributor FDDI Fiber Distributed Data Interface FTTD Fiber To The Desk FTTO Fiber To The Office FITL Fiber In The Loop FTP Foiled Twisted Pair BD Building Distributor Hz Hertz IEC International Electrotechnical Commission ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network lso International Standards Organization LAN Local Area Network LCL Longitudinal Conversion Loss SSISF Solder, Screw, Insulation Strip-Free FO Fibre Optic MAC Media Access Control MAU Multi Access Unit EIA Electronics Industries Association N Newton NEXT Near End Crosstalk NT Network Terminator OE Operating Earth OF Optical Fiber PE Protective Earth SOHO Small Office / Home Office STP Shielded Twisted Pair SD Site Distributor ITS IT Socket TDR Time Domain Reflectometer RL Return Loss TE Terminal Equipment TPPMD Twisted Pair Physical Layer Medium Dependent TPDDI Twisted Pair Distributed Data Interface. PBX Private Branch Exchange UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (publisher of standards in the U.S.A) UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair WAN Wide Area Network WI Wave Impedance 13.13

308 SERVICE SECTION Want to get to know us better? We are always just a click away. It really is almost totally unimportant where you happen to be on the face of the earth! If you want to let yourself be impressed by the Knürr Group range of product and services, numerous platforms are always available at your fingertips. Internationally represented in 32 countries world-wide and with domestic companies and overseas affiliates, we are strategically best positioned for you and your requirements. On the Internet at in addition to current news and updates, you will find our entire product range, including technical data, press releases and background information and specialist articles. Knürr product experts are always present at numerous national and international trade fairs to answer your questions and provide you with specialist advice. If you want to implement your workstation systems with the Knürr Group, we re ready and waiting to come to you!

309 Desktop Reader Junction Box Server Software Programme Swing Handle Phase GST18i5 plug-in systems Phase socket strips Phase UPS systems Pin connection A Access control 10.6 Accessories 6.1 Active racks 1.35 Adapter front panel, 19 for RMSCompact 10.4 Analogue KVM switch ASP rack 1.35 Assembly crossbar 5.9 Axial fan 12.2 AC Power Monitoring 10.6 B Base fixing, doubleprorack 3.11 Base fixing, miracel 1.17 Base fixing, smaract 2.12 Basic rack, miracel 1.12 Battery modules Bellcore rack 1.56 Blackline socket strips 7.41 Blanking panel 6.16 Blanking panel, Blanking panel, Bottom cover, ConAct 4.8 Bottom cover, miracel 1.26 Bottom cover, smaract 2.10 Brush strip, cover, miracel 1.31 C Cable cantilever girder Cable clamping frame 5.25 Cable clamping frame 5.26 Cable clamping rail, ConAct 4.8 Cable clamping strip 5.12 Cable clamping, swing frame 5.26 Cable clips 2.26 Cable duct 5.27 Cable duct, on the side 5.15 Cable junction box 9.4 Cable management 5.1 Cable ports 9.3 Cable roller 5.26 Cable routing board 5.5 Cable routing board, Cable routing panel 5.6 Cable routing panel, Cable routing ring 5.23 Cable routing set 5.23 Cable routing strut 5.7 Cable tie clip 5.24 Cable tray, miracel W Cable trough between racks 5.13 Cable trough 5.8 Cable trough, Cables for KVM Cables for socket strips Cabling 5.1 Caged nut 6.28 Cascading 5.8 Castors, doubleprorack 3.12 Castors, miracel 1.25 Castors, smaract 2.12 Chassis rail, hook-on 6.15 Chassis rail, screw-on 6.14 Chassis rail, swing frame 6.14 CIM Circuit breaker, socket strips Classic DI-STRIP 7.8 Cleaner DI-STRIP Colocation rack, miracel 1.48 Combi lock Combi lock, miracel 1.48 Combi sensor 10.5 CommandCenter Compact rack, 19, smaract 2.1 ConAct 4.1 Connection panel, doubleprorack 3.9 Connection cables Console switching system Contact clamp 9.5 Contact clamp, SOHO 4.12 Controlled remote opening 10.7 CoolBlast 12.2 Cooling unit with cooling agent 13.7 Cooling unit Cooling 12.1 CoolTherm 1.51 Cover extrusion for miracel rack suite 1.13 Cover, ConAct 4.8 Cover, miracel 1.30 Cover, smaract 2.10 C-shaped runner 5.10 Cylinder lock, miracel D Design doors 1.18 Design expertise 1.18 Diagonal fan 12.2 Digital KVM switch Display drawer, 1 HU Distribution box 9.2 Distribution rack, miracel 1.1 DI-STRIP Combi DI-STRIP Compact 7.9 Document holder 6.19 Dominion KSX Dominion KX Dominion SX Door contact sensor 10.6 Door contact switch Door snib, miracel 1.23 Door stop, miracel 1.23 Doors, miracel 1.21 Double conversion technology 8.3 Double doors, miracel doubleprorack 3.1 doubleprorack 6.27 Drawer Drawer, TFT 11.1 E Earthing bar 9.5 Earthing bar, SOHO 4.12 Earthing bracket 5.26 Earthing set, ConAct 4.8 Earthing set, doors, miracel 1.27 Earthing set, doubleprorack 3.10 Earthing set, miracel 1.27 Earthing set, SOHO 4.11 Earthquake rack 1.56 Electro-mechanical components 9.1 Electronic locking 10.6 EMC emitted interference 13.4 EMC interference immunity 13.4 Emergency off socket strips Enclosures, Equipment rack, miracel 1.11 Equipotential bonding bar 9.5 Euro socket system, socket strips EXB module, UPS Excess cable storage 5.16 Express item 7.42 Extension kit, miracel 1.50 Extrusions, ConAct, Extrusions, doubleprorack, Extrusions, miracel, Extrusions, smaract, Eyebolts, doubleprorack 3.12 Eyebolts, smaract 2.12 F Fan cover 1.32 Fan for fan cover 1.32 Fan inst. set 1.33 Fan unit 12.3 Fan units, miracel 1.32 Fans 12.7 Fibre optic cable router 5.23 Fibre optic cable routing panel 5.6 Filter fan 12.8 Filter mat, plinth, miracel 1.25 Filter unit 12.6 Fire behaviour 13.9 Fluorescent tube 9.3 Frame, miracel 1.12 French socket strips 7.24 Front intake 12.6 Front panel mounting kit 6.23 Front panel mounting kit, ConAct 6.27 Front panel mounting kit, MaxLoad 6.27 Front panel mounting kit, miracel 6.27 Front panel mounting kit, smaract 6.27 Front panel mounting kit, SoHo 6.27 Front panel, Front panel, adjustable 6.18 Front panel, miracel, pivots 1.34 Front panel, perforated 12.6 Front ventilation panel

310 INDEX G Glass doors, miracel 1.22 GST18 connector system H Half cylinder, miracel 1.27 Handle 6.7 Heat exchanger, air-to-air 13.6 Heat exchanger, air-to-water 13.8 Heat transfer 13.5 Heavy duty rack 1.56 Heavy-duty shelf, fixed 6.6 Heavy-duty shelf, full pull-out 6.6 Heavy-duty rack, MaxLoad 1.56 High availability Hinged cable carrier Hot swap batteries HU tape measure 1.15 Humidity sensor 10.5 I IEC320 socket strips Infrared movement sensor 10.6 IP code 13.4 IP Reach LARAeco, M Series, TR Series IP Remote Power Control ISP rack, miracel 1.47 Jumper crossbar 5.21 Jumpering bracket 5.18 K Keyboard drawer Keyboard lock 10.6 Keyboard KVM remote power control KVM switch KVM drawer 11.3 L Lab rack, miracel 1.12 Label, HU 1.15 Lighting 9.3 Line interactive technology 8.3 Line Interactive UPS 8.5 Lock sets, miracel 1.49 Locking set, miracel Locking solutions 10.6 Locking system 10.6 Locks, mechanical LCD Monitor 11.5 M Mains distribution 9.2 Mains filter socket strips Mains fuse protection 9.2 Master Console Master Console, Ir Mechanical accessories 6.1 Metal doors, miracel 1.21 Mini distributor 9.2 Mobile plinth, miracel 1.25 Modular terminal box 9.4 Monitor 11.5 Monitoring system 10.2 Mounting adapter for server extrusions Mounting extrusions, miracel 1.14 Mounting kit 6.23 Mounting kit, 19 extrusions, miracel 1.15 Mounting kit, ConAct 6.26 Mounting kit, doubleprorack 6.26 Mounting kit, miracel 6.25 Mounting kit, smaract 6.25 Mounting panel, SOHO 4.12 Movement sensor 10.6 Multifunctional strut 5.7 N Network equipment Rack, miracel 1.11 Network rack 1.1 Network stand-alone enclosure, doubleprorack 3.5 Network stand-alone enclosure, smaract 2.6 Network wall-mounting 4.1 Network wall-mounting 4.9 NG NO NS 19.8 D 1.10 NS NS NS O Online technology 8.3 Online UPS Overvoltage protection socket strips P Panel filter 6.19 Panel, side, pivots, miracel 1.34 Paragon II Passive racks 1.1 Plinth trim with brush strip, miracel 1.25 Plinth with tilt restraint, miracel 1.46 Plinth, doubleprorack 3.9 Plinth, smaract 2.11 Plug-in system socket strips, Wieland Plug-in systems, GST Power cleaner, DI-STRIP Power distribution 7.1 Power distribution 9.2 Protection ratings according to racks/ enclosures (IP code) 13.4 Protector emergency off, DI-STRIP Protector FI, DI-STRIP Protector LS, DI-STRIP 7.10 Pulsar Evolution UPS LI 8.5 Pulsar EXtreme C UPS 8.7 Pulsar EXtreme UPS 8.11 R Rack connector, doubleprorack 3.11 Rack connector, miracel Rack lamp, Luminestra 9.3 Rack lighting 9.3 Rack monitoring system 10.2 Rack monitoring 10.2 Rack system, miracel Rack, 19, miracel 1.1 Radial limit 5.14 Rear door, smaract 2.9 Rear fan panel, doubleprorack 3.7 Rear panel, doubleprorack 3.8 Rear panel, miracel 1.29 Redundant power feed Relay card, UPS Remote opening 10.7 Remote Power Control Replacement fan 12.7 Replacement filter, CoolBlast 12.6 Replacement filter, smaract 2.10 RICC 11.3 RMS compact 10.2 S Safety basic, DI-STRIP Safety standard, DI-STRIP Screws 6.29 Seismic rack 1.56 Sensors 10.5 Serial console server Server extrusions Server rack 1.35 Server rack, high density 1.51 Server rack, water-cooled 1.51 Servers, compact rack 2.1 Sheet steel door, ConAct 4.7 Sheet steel door, doubleprorack 3.8 Sheet steel doors, miracel 1.21 Shelf 6.9 Shelf, Shelf, adjustable 6.8 Shelf, fixed 6.3 Shelf, fixed 6.8 Shelf, full pull-out 6.5 Shelf, partial pull-out 6.4 Side panel screw fixing, miracel 1.28 Side panel, miracel 1.28 Signal switch Small Office - Home Office 4.9 smaract 2.1 Smoke detector 10.5 SNMP web card, UPS Socket strip connection cables Socket strip,

311 INDEX Socket strips - USA 7.38 Socket strips 7.1 Socket strips, DI-STRIP 7.2 Socket strips, Master Slave Socket strips, Serimat 7.40 SOHO 4.9 Solid bearing telescopic slide 6.22 Spring nut 6.28 Stacking set, smaract 2.12 Standards and specifications 13.4 Stationary plinth, miracel 1.24 Surge protector, AC 10.6 Surge protector, DI-STRIP 7.39 Swing frame rack, miracel 1.10 Swing frame, miracel 1.16 Swiss socket strips 7.35 SwitchMan System accessories 6.1 System locks 10.6 System switch-on field 9.2 T Tape measure, HU 1.15 Technical abbreviations Telescopic slide 6.20 Temperature module 11.9 Temperature sensor, ECO 10.5 TFT accessories 11.1 TFT drawer 11.1 Thermal management 12.1 Thermal overload protection 7.38 TFT Monitor 11.5 Thermostat 11.9 Threaded plate 5.12 Tilt restraint, Miracel 1.46 Top-mounting cooling unit Top-mounting fan, miracel 1.32 Top-mounting for cabling 5.11 Touchscreen Monitor 11.5 Tower UPS 8.2 Transponder, locking systems 10.7 TriplePower DI-STRIP 7.6 Twin castor, doubleprorack 3.12 Twin castor, smaract 2.12 U U-Clamp 5.12 Uninterruptible power supply 8.1 UPS 3000VA Online 8.2 UPS 1000VA 3200VA Online 8.7 UPS 2000VA 3000VA Online 8.11 UPS 800VA 3000VA LI 8.5 UPS bypass 8.3 UPS 8.1 User protection socket strips V Velcro strip 5.24 Vent lid, miracel 1.31 Vent unit, ConAct 4.8 Ventilation front panel 6.18 Ventilation unit, miracel 1.32 Ventilation unit, smaract 2.8 Ventilation 12.1 VFI-SS-111 IEC UPS 8.3 Vibration sensor 10.6 VI-SS-313 IEC UPS 8.3 W Wall enclosure 4.1 Wall enclosure, Wall enclosure, 19, ConAct 4.1 Wall mounted cooling unit Wall mounting bracket, smaract 2.13 Water sensor 10.6 Wide range input Z Z Cim Z Series Z Series TFT Drawer

312

313 World-wide... and close to the customer Australia Tel. +61 (0) Fax +61 (0) Austria Tel. +43 (0) Fax +43 (0) Belgium Tel. +32 (0) Fax +31 (0) Brazil Tel. +55 (0) Fax +55 (0) China Tel. +86 (0) Fax +86 (0) Czech Republic Tel (0) Fax +420 (0) Denmark Tel. +45 ( ) Fax +45 ( ) Finland Tel (0) Fax +358 (0) France Tel. +33 (0) Fax +33 (0) Greece Tel Fax Hong Kong Tel Fax Hungary Tel. +36 (0) Fax +36 (0) India Tel Fax Israel Tel (0) Fax +972 (0) Italy Tel (0) Fax +390 (0) Japan Tel. +81 (0) Fax +81 (0) Netherlands Tel. +31 (0) Fax +31 (0) Norway Tel. +47 ( ) Fax +47 ( ) Poland Tel. +48 (22) Fax +48 (22) Portugal Tel (21) Fax +351 (21) Russia ICS Tel. +7 (095) Fax +7 (095) Russia OCS Tel. +7 (095) Fax +7 (095) Russia UNI Tel. +7 (095) Fax +7 (812) Singapore Tel. +65 ( ) Fax +65 ( ) Slovakia Tel (0) Fax +421 (0) Spain Tel Fax Sweden Tel. +46 (0) Fax +46 (0) Sweden LBW Tel. +46 (0) Fax +46 (0) Switzerland Tel. +41 (0) Fax +41 (0) Taiwan Tel (0) Fax +886 (0) United Arab Emirates Tel (0) Fax +971 (0) United Kingdom Tel. +44 (0) Fax +44 (0) USA Tel. +1 (805) Fax +1 (805) Regional Sales Offices Hamburg Tel. +49 (0) / Fax +49 (0) / Cologne Tel. +49 (0) / Fax +49 (0) / Leipzig Tel. +49 (0) 3 41 / Fax +49 (0) 3 41 / Munich Tel. +49 (0) Fax +49 (0) Stuttgart Tel. +49 (0) / Fax +49 (0) / Knürr AG Global Headquarters Mariakirchener Straße Arnstorf Germany Tel. +49 (0) / 27-0 Fax +49 (0) / II 10GG305 Printed in Germany Idea, Graphics, Editorial: Gropp/Huber Subject to technical changes, errors and omissions.